WO2021065549A1 - Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device - Google Patents

Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2021065549A1
WO2021065549A1 PCT/JP2020/035312 JP2020035312W WO2021065549A1 WO 2021065549 A1 WO2021065549 A1 WO 2021065549A1 JP 2020035312 W JP2020035312 W JP 2020035312W WO 2021065549 A1 WO2021065549 A1 WO 2021065549A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
sensitive
general formula
radiation
carbon atoms
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2020/035312
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
金子 明弘
啓太 加藤
研由 後藤
雅史 小島
Original Assignee
富士フイルム株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 富士フイルム株式会社 filed Critical 富士フイルム株式会社
Priority to JP2021550612A priority Critical patent/JPWO2021065549A1/ja
Publication of WO2021065549A1 publication Critical patent/WO2021065549A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/04Acids; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • C08F220/06Acrylic acid; Methacrylic acid; Metal salts or ammonium salts thereof
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/10Esters
    • C08F220/12Esters of monohydric alcohols or phenols
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08FMACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING CARBON-TO-CARBON UNSATURATED BONDS
    • C08F220/00Copolymers of compounds having one or more unsaturated aliphatic radicals, each having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond, and only one being terminated by only one carboxyl radical or a salt, anhydride ester, amide, imide or nitrile thereof
    • C08F220/02Monocarboxylic acids having less than ten carbon atoms; Derivatives thereof
    • C08F220/52Amides or imides
    • C08F220/54Amides, e.g. N,N-dimethylacrylamide or N-isopropylacrylamide
    • C08F220/56Acrylamide; Methacrylamide
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/038Macromolecular compounds which are rendered insoluble or differentially wettable
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/039Macromolecular compounds which are photodegradable, e.g. positive electron resists
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/20Exposure; Apparatus therefor

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
  • Patent Document 1 is a resist composition containing a base material component (A) whose solubility in a developing solution is changed by the action of an acid and an acid generator component (B) that generates an acid by exposure.
  • a resist composition in which the component (A) has a specific structure and the acid generator component (B) has a specific structure is disclosed.
  • the line width of the line portion may be made as small as possible, or the adjacent line portion may be formed. In some cases, it may be required to increase the line width of the line and make the space between the lines as small as possible. In order to meet such a demand, it is generally considered to adjust the composition of the resist composition for forming the pattern, but the line width is increased while ensuring the roughness performance of the obtained pattern. It has been very difficult to resolve a pattern in which the distance between adjacent lines is extremely small or a pattern in which the distance between adjacent lines is extremely small. Although the positive photosensitive composition described in Patent Document 2 is known, the pattern formed by using EB and EUV light has not been miniaturized.
  • the present invention provides a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of reducing the collapse front width, increasing the bridge front width, excellent resolution margin, and forming a pattern excellent in roughness performance. That is the issue.
  • Another object of the present invention is to provide a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device with respect to the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. ..
  • B Compounds that generate acid by irradiation with active light or radiation, A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing A light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in which the resin (A) does not have a repeating unit having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group.
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring. * Represents the bond position.
  • R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. * Represents the bond position.
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
  • Y 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z 1 represents a single bond or (n 1 + 1) valent linking group.
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 21 and R 22 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 22s may be the same or different.
  • At least one of X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , R 21 and R 22 contains an aromatic group.
  • X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
  • Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z 2 represents a single bond or (n 2 + 1) valent linking group.
  • R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 24 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more. When n 2 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 23s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 24s may be the same or different. At least one of X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 , R 23 and R 24 contains an aromatic group.
  • X 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
  • Y 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar represents an aromatic group.
  • Z 3 represents a single bond or (n + 1) valent linking group.
  • R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 31 and R 32 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 31s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 32s may be the same or different.
  • Y 3 in the general formula (3) is a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 6 - represents, R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, [3] to any one of [5]
  • the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to.
  • R 31 and R 32 in the above general formula (3) independently form a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group.
  • the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [3] to [6].
  • X 4 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
  • Y 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 41 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group.
  • the process of exposing the resist film and A pattern forming method comprising a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution to form a pattern.
  • a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of reducing the collapse front width, increasing the bridge front width, excellent resolution margin, and forming a pattern excellent in roughness performance. can do. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device with respect to the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. ..
  • the numerical range represented by using "-" in the present specification means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
  • examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • the bonding direction of the divalent group described in the present specification is not limited unless otherwise specified.
  • Y when Y is -COO- in the compound represented by the general formula "XYZ", Y may be -CO-O-, and is -O-CO-. You may. Moreover, the said compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
  • (meth) acrylic is a general term including acrylic and methacrylic, and means “at least one of acrylic and methacrylic”.
  • (meth) acrylic acid means “at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid”.
  • active ray or “radiation” refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams (EB:). It means Electron Beam) and the like.
  • light means active light or radiation.
  • exposure refers to not only exposure to the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams and It also includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of the resin are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Toso).
  • 1 ⁇ is 1 x 10-10 m.
  • the acid dissociation constant (pKa) represents pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, using the following software package 1, a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values is used. , It is a value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein indicate values calculated using this software package.
  • pKa can also be obtained by the molecular orbital calculation method.
  • a specific method for this there is a method of calculating H + dissociation free energy in a solvent based on a thermodynamic cycle.
  • water is usually used as the solvent, and DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide) is used when pKa cannot be obtained with water.
  • the calculation method of H + dissociation free energy can be calculated by, for example, DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature and are not limited thereto.
  • DFT density functional theory
  • There are a plurality of software that can perform DFT and examples thereof include Gaussian16.
  • pKa in the present specification refers to a value obtained by calculation based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using software package 1. If it cannot be calculated, the value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (Density Functional Theory) shall be adopted.
  • the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substituent includes a group having a substituent as well as a group having no substituent.
  • the "alkyl group” includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group).
  • the "organic group” in the present specification means a group containing at least one carbon atom.
  • the type of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituents when "may have a substituent” are not particularly limited.
  • the number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three, or more.
  • the substituent include a monovalent non-metal atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and for example, the following substituent T can be selected.
  • the substituent T includes a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and metoxalyl group and the like.
  • a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom
  • an alkoxy group such
  • Acrylic groups alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl group and tert-butylsulfanyl group; arylsulfanyl groups such as phenylsulfanyl group and p-tolylsulfonyl group; alkyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; heteroaryl groups; hydroxyl groups; Carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; dialkylamino group; arylamino group, nitro group; formyl group ; And combinations of these.
  • the actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as “resist composition”) will be described.
  • the resist composition of the present invention may be a positive type resist composition or a negative type resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkaline development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
  • the composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
  • the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention includes (A) at least one of a partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) described later and a partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later. It contains a resin containing a repeating unit (a1) having an aromatic group, and (B) a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with active light or radiation.
  • the collapse front width can be reduced, the bridge front width can be increased, the margin of resolution is excellent, and a pattern having excellent roughness performance can be formed.
  • the "falling front width” means a line width that can be formed (resolved) without the line portion falling.
  • the "bridge front width” means a line width that can be formed (resolved) without contacting adjacent line portions.
  • the “resolution margin” means the value obtained by subtracting the collapse front width from the bridge front width. The larger this value is, the larger the tolerance of resolution (the range of the line width that can be formed in the line portion) is, which means that the value is excellent.
  • the resin (A) has a partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) described later and a partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later. Includes a repeating unit (a1) having at least one of and an aromatic group.
  • at least one of the partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) and the partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later has a sulfonamide group having a very high polarity. Therefore, the difference in surface energy between the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the above composition and the substrate is small, so that the adhesion between the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and the substrate is improved.
  • the sulfonamide group as a highly polar group improves the adhesion between the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and the substrate as described above, but on the other hand, the exposed portion and the unexposed portion It is considered that the dissolution contrast with respect to the developing solution during the period tends to decrease.
  • the unexposed portion is also highly polarized by the sulfonamide group (the unexposed portion is easily dissolved by the alkaline developer).
  • the dissolution contrast is lowered, and it becomes difficult to form a pattern in which the line width of the line portion is extremely small.
  • it becomes difficult to form a pattern in which the spacing between adjacent line portions is extremely small even if the line width of the adjacent line portions is increased to make the spacing between the line portions as small as possible, the above dissolution Due to the decrease in contrast, it is difficult to dissolve the line portion and the line portion with an alkaline developer, and the line portion and the line portion are easily connected (bridged)).
  • the unexposed portion is also highly polarized by the sulfonamide group (the unexposed portion becomes difficult to be dissolved by the organic developer).
  • the dissolution contrast is lowered, and it becomes difficult to form a pattern in which the line width of the line portion is extremely small.
  • it becomes difficult to form a pattern in which the spacing between adjacent line portions is extremely small even if the line width of the adjacent line portions is increased to make the spacing between the line portions as small as possible, the above dissolution Due to the decrease in contrast, it is difficult to dissolve the unexposed part with an organic developer, and the line part and the line part are connected (bridged) (because).
  • the line portion is less likely to fall due to the high adhesion to the substrate, and the dissolution contrast between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion with respect to the developing solution is not impaired. It is considered that the fall front width can be reduced.
  • the bridge front width can be increased according to the present invention because the dissolution contrast of the exposed portion and the unexposed portion with respect to the developing solution is not impaired.
  • the fall front width can be reduced and the bridge front width can be increased.
  • the exposure margin corresponding to the difference between the bridge front width and the collapse front width is also excellent.
  • the photoacid generator may have a polar group, or may be an ionic compound. Therefore, the photoacid generators tend to agglomerate with each other.
  • the sulfonamide group as a highly polar group contained in the resin (A) can suppress the aggregation of the photoacid generator described above by interacting with the photoacid generator. Therefore, the photoacid generator is more uniformly contained in the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and as a result, the reaction between the acid generated from the photoacid generator and the resin in the exposed portion becomes more uniform. Since it is performed uniformly, it is considered that the roughness performance is further excellent.
  • the resist composition is a repeating unit (a1) having (A) at least one of a partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) described later and a partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later, and an aromatic group.
  • the resist composition is a repeating unit (a1) having (A) at least one of a partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) described later and a partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later, and an aromatic group.
  • the resin (A) does not have a repeating unit having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group.
  • the resin (A) contains a repeating unit (a1) having at least one of the partial structure represented by the following general formula (1a) and the partial structure represented by the following general formula (1b) and an aromatic group.
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring. * Represents the bond position.
  • R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. * Represents the bond position.
  • the organic group as R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, but specifically, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group.
  • the group is mentioned.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylcarbonyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the arylcarbonyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylsulfonyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the arylsulfonyl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the organic group may have an acid-decomposable group.
  • the acid-decomposable group include those described as the acid-decomposable group in the repeating unit having the acid-decomposable group described later.
  • the organic group may further have a substituent.
  • the further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable, and a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a combination thereof are further preferable.
  • At least one of R 1 and R 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and more preferably one of them is a hydrogen atom.
  • the organic group as R 3 is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the organic group may further have a substituent.
  • the further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable.
  • the organic group as R 4 is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the heteroaryl group preferably has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the organic group may further have a substituent.
  • the further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable.
  • the repeating unit (a1) has an aromatic group.
  • the aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aromatic ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a thiophene ring. it can. It is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
  • the aromatic group may further have a substituent.
  • the further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable.
  • the repeating unit (a1) preferably has at least one of the partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) and the partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) on the side chain.
  • the repeating unit (a1) is preferably represented by the following general formula (2a) or general formula (2b).
  • X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
  • Y 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z 1 represents a single bond or (n 1 + 1) valent linking group.
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 21 and R 22 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 22s may be the same or different.
  • At least one of X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , R 21 and R 22 contains an aromatic group.
  • X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
  • Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Z 2 represents a single bond or (n 2 + 1) valent linking group.
  • R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • R 24 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more. When n 2 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 23s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 24s may be the same or different. At least one of X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 , R 23 and R 24 contains an aromatic group.
  • the organic group as X 1 is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • the organic group may further have a substituent.
  • the further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable.
  • the divalent linking group as Y 1 is not particularly limited, but is limited to an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, -CO-, -COO-, -SO-, -SO 2- , -CONR 5- , and. these represent two or more combination comprising group, R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the alkyl group as R 5 may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • Z 1 represents a single bond or (n 1 + 1) valent linking group.
  • R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic groups as R 21 and R 22 are the same as the organic groups described as R 1 and R 2.
  • n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n 1 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or less.
  • n 1 is more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • At least one of X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , R 21 and R 22 contains an aromatic group.
  • the organic group as X 2 is the same as the organic group described as X 1.
  • the divalent linking group as Y 2 is the same as the divalent linking group described as Y 1.
  • Z 2 represents a single bond or (n 2 + 1) valent linking group.
  • Z The 2 (n 2 +1) -valent linking group for example, from the divalent linking group as described above for Y 2, be a group formed by removing (n 2 -1) hydrogen atoms it can.
  • the organic group as R 23 is the same as the organic group described as R 3.
  • the organic group as R 24 is the same as the organic group described as R 4.
  • n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n 2 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or less.
  • n 2 is more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • At least one of X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 , R 23 and R 24 contains an aromatic group.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2a) or the general formula (2b) is preferably the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
  • X 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
  • Y 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Ar represents an aromatic group.
  • Z 3 represents a single bond or (n + 1) valent linking group.
  • R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 31 and R 32 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 31s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 32s may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group as X 3 is similar to the alkyl group described as the organic group of X 1.
  • the cycloalkyl group as X 3 is similar to the cycloalkyl group described as the organic group of X 1.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as X 3 may further have a substituent.
  • Y 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group as Y 3 is the same as the divalent linking group described as Y 1.
  • Ar represents an aromatic group.
  • the aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • Z 3 represents a single bond and n represents an integer of 2 or more
  • Ar represents a (n + 1) -valent aromatic group, and specifically, from the above divalent aromatic group (n). -1) It is a group formed by removing 1 hydrogen atom.
  • Z 3 represents a single bond or (n + 1) valent linking group.
  • R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic groups as R 31 and R 32 are the same as the organic groups described as R 1 and R 2.
  • n represents an integer of 1 or more.
  • the upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or less.
  • n is more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
  • Y 3 in the general formula (3) represents a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 6-
  • R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • Z 3 in the general formula (3) represents a single bond.
  • R 31 and R 32 in the above general formula (3) independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group, respectively.
  • Alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, arylcarbonyl groups, alkylsulfonyl groups, or arylsulfonyl groups as R 31 and R 32 are described as organic groups of R 1 and R 2, respectively. Similar to alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, or arylsulfonyl groups.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, or arylsulfonyl group as R 31 and R 32 may further have a substituent.
  • X 4 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
  • Y 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • R 41 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group.
  • the alkyl group as X 4 is similar to the alkyl group described as the organic group of X 1.
  • the cycloalkyl group as X 4 is similar to the cycloalkyl group described as the organic group of X 1.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as X 4 may further have a substituent.
  • the divalent linking group as Y 4 is the same as the divalent linking group described as Y 1.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, or arylsulfonyl group as R 41 are described as the organic groups of R 1 and R 2, respectively. Similar to cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, arylcarbonyl groups, alkylsulfonyl groups, or arylsulfonyl groups.
  • R 41 in the above general formula (4) represents an alkylcarbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group.
  • the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) is preferably 7 to 60 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%, based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). , 15 to 50 mol% is particularly preferable. As a preferred embodiment, the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) is preferably 10 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A).
  • the repeating unit (a1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • At least one of the repeating unit (a1) and the repeating unit other than the repeating unit (a1) has an acid-degradable group.
  • Examples of the acid-degradable group when the repeating unit (a1) has an acid-degradable group include those described as the acid-degradable group in the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group described later. it can.
  • repeating unit corresponding to the repeating unit (a1) will be illustrated, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit other than the repeating unit (a1).
  • the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a1) and is preferably an acid-degradable resin.
  • the resin (A) is typically a resin in which the polarity is increased by the action of an acid, the solubility in an alkaline developer is increased, and the solubility in an organic solvent is decreased.
  • the resin (A) has a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group (in other words, a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid). Such a group (structure) is also called an acid-degradable group.
  • a resin having an acid-degradable group (that is, a resin having a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group) has an increased polarity due to the action of an acid, an increase in solubility in an alkaline developer, and a decrease in solubility in an organic solvent.
  • the resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group (also referred to as “repeating unit (a2)”).
  • the acid-degradable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • the polar group include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl).
  • Imid group bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl)
  • acidic groups such as methylene groups (typically, groups dissociating in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), alcoholic hydroxyl groups and the like.
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and refers to a hydroxyl group other than the hydroxyl group directly bonded on the aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group), and the ⁇ -position of the hydroxyl group is electron attraction such as a fluorine atom. Excludes aliphatic alcohols substituted with sex groups (eg, hexafluoroisopropanol groups, etc.).
  • the alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
  • a carboxyl group a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group is preferable.
  • Examples of the group desorbed by the action of an acid include groups represented by the formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
  • Equation (Y1): -C (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 ) Equation (Y2): -C ( O) OC (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 ) Equation (Y3): -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 38 )
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 are independently alkyl groups (linear or branched chain), cycloalkyl groups (monocyclic or polycyclic), or aryl groups (monocyclic or polycyclic), respectively. Represents monocyclic or polycyclic). Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. Is more preferable. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be combined to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
  • the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, and an isobutyl group. Further, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a t-butyl group is preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group. , Tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as adamantyl group are preferable.
  • the aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
  • the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 include a cyclopentyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclododeca.
  • a polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an nyl group and an adamantyl group is preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be replaced.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have a substituent.
  • R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group.
  • R 37 and R 38 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
  • the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group and the like. It is also preferable that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
  • L 1 and L 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group in which these are combined (for example, a group in which an alkyl group and an aryl group are combined).
  • .. M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Q is an alkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, a cycloalkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, an aryl group that may contain a hetero atom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, and an aldehyde.
  • the alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group for example, one of the methylene groups may be replaced with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
  • one of L 1 and L 2 is a hydrogen atom and the other is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined.
  • L 2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, and more preferably a tertiary alkyl group.
  • the secondary alkyl group include an isopropyl group, a cyclohexyl group and a norbornyl group
  • examples of the tertiary alkyl group include a tert-butyl group and an adamantan group.
  • Tg glass transition temperature
  • activation energy are high, so that in addition to ensuring the film strength, fog can be suppressed.
  • Ar represents an aromatic ring group.
  • Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group.
  • Rn and Ar may be combined with each other to form a non-aromatic ring.
  • Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
  • the resin (A) preferably has an acetal structure.
  • the acid-degradable group preferably has an acetal structure.
  • the acetal structure is a structure in which polar groups such as a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a fluorinated alcohol group are protected by a group represented by the above formula (Y3).
  • the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) is preferable.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group
  • R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent
  • R 4 represents a group that is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • L 1 represents a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include -CO- , -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , a hydrocarbon group (for example, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, etc.).
  • a linking group in which a plurality of these are linked is mentioned.
  • the L 1, -CO- an arylene group.
  • a phenylene group is preferable.
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched chain.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is not particularly limited, but 1 to 10 is preferable, and 1 to 3 is more preferable.
  • R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent.
  • the monovalent substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and a halogen atom.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but 1 to 10 is preferable, and 1 to 3 is more preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the number of carbon atoms of this cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 8.
  • the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
  • R 4 represents a group (leaving group) that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
  • examples of the leaving group include groups represented by the above formulas (Y1) to (Y4), and groups represented by the above formula (Y3) are preferable.
  • the substituents include, for example, an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. (2 to 6 carbon atoms) and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
  • a repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group a repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) is also preferable.
  • Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched chain) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched chain), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups. Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
  • the alkyl group for example, include groups represented by methyl group or -CH 2 -R 11.
  • R 11 represents a halogen atom (fluorine atom or the like), a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms and an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms and having 3 or less carbon atoms.
  • Alkyl groups are preferred, and methyl groups are more preferred.
  • Xa 1 a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group is preferable.
  • Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, an -COO-Rt- group, an -O-Rt- group and the like.
  • Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
  • T is preferably a single bond or a -COO-Rt- group.
  • Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a -CH 2- group,- (CH 2 ) 2- group, or- (CH 2 ) 3- Groups are more preferred.
  • Examples of the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a t-butyl group. preferable.
  • Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the polycyclic cycloalkyl group of is preferred.
  • a cyclopentyl group and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group are preferable, and in addition, a norbornyl group and a tetracyclodecanyl group are used.
  • Tetracyclododecanyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as adamantyl group are preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be replaced.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) for example, it is preferable that Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
  • the substituents include, for example, an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. (2 to 6 carbon atoms) and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
  • the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) is preferably an acid-degradable (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester-based repeating unit (Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and T is a single bond. It is a repeating unit that represents.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the repeating unit (a1) When the repeating unit (a1) has an acid-degradable group, the repeating unit (a1) also corresponds to the repeating unit (a2).
  • the content of the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group contained in the resin (A) (the total of a plurality of repeating units having an acid-degradable group) is determined with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). It is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 25 to 75 mol%.
  • the resin (A) may further have a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group (also referred to as "repeating unit (a3)").
  • a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group also referred to as "repeating unit (a3)"
  • the lactone group or sultone group any group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure can be used, but a group having a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable.
  • the 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure has a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in which another ring structure is fused, or the 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure has a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. It is more preferable that the other ring structure is condensed in the form of forming.
  • a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
  • a lactone structure represented by the general formula (LC1-22) or a sultone structure represented by the general formula (SL1-1) is preferable.
  • the lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may have a substituent (Rb 2 ).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-degradable group and the like.
  • n2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n2 is 2 or more, Rb 2 existing in plural numbers may be different or may be bonded to form a ring Rb 2 between the plurality of.
  • repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure examples include a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI).
  • Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom. Examples of the halogen atom of Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • Ab is a divalent linking group having a single bond, an alkylene group, a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a divalent group obtained by combining these.
  • Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, and a methylene group, an ethylene group, a cyclohexylene group, an adamantylene group, or a norbornene group is preferable.
  • V represents a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
  • Examples of the group having a lactone structure or sultone structure of V include the structures represented by the above-mentioned general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22) and the general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3).
  • the group is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from one carbon atom constituting the lactone structure or the sultone structure. It is preferable that the carbon atom from which one hydrogen atom is removed is not a carbon atom constituting a substituent (Rb 2).
  • the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used. Further, one kind of optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.
  • Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, and 10 to 10 to all the repeating units in the resin (A). 40 mol% is more preferable.
  • the resin (A) may further have a repeating unit having a carbonate group (also referred to as “repeating unit (a4)").
  • the carbonate group in the repeating unit having a carbonate group is preferably contained in the cyclic carbonate group.
  • the repeating unit having a carbonate group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A4).
  • RA 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • n represents an integer of 0 or more (preferably 0 to 3).
  • RA 2 represents a substituent. when n is 2 or more, R A 2 existing in plural, may each be the same or different.
  • A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group is an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, and a carboxylic acid. A group or a divalent group in which these are combined is preferable.
  • Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with a group represented by —O—CO—O— in the formula.
  • the monocyclic or polycyclic ring formed by Z together with the group represented by —O—CO—O— in the formula is preferably a 5-membered cyclic carbonate group, and is represented by the following general formula (CC1-1).
  • a cyclic carbonate structure is more preferred. That is, it is preferable that A in the general formula (A4) is bonded to a group formed by extracting one hydrogen atom from the ring member atom of the cyclic carbonic acid ester structure represented by the following general formula (CC1-1). ..
  • the cyclic carbonate structure portion in the general formula (CC1-1) may have a substituent (Rb2).
  • Preferred substituents (Rb2) include, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxylic group. Examples thereof include an acid group, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, and a cyano group.
  • n3 represents an integer of 0 or 1.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, and 7 to 7 to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 45 mol% is more preferred.
  • the repeating unit (a4) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin (A) further contains a repeating unit (a1), a repeating unit (a3), and a repeating unit having a polar group different from that of the repeating unit (a4) (also referred to as “repeating unit (a5)”). May be good.
  • the polar group of the repeating unit (a5) includes a sulfonate group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a carbamate group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfoxide group, a sulfonyl group and a ketone. It is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group, an imide group, an amide group, a sulfonimide group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and an ether group.
  • the repeating unit (a5) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A5).
  • X Q5 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • RQ5 represents an alkylene group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) or a non-aromatic ring group.
  • Examples of the non-aromatic ring group include a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group include a cycloalkane ring group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkene ring group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group include a ring-assembled hydrocarbon ring group and a crosslinked ring-type hydrocarbon ring group.
  • Examples of the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring and the like.
  • the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring may be a condensed ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are condensed.
  • the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a norbornane ring group, an adamantane ring group, a bicyclooctane ring group, or a tricyclo [5, 2, 1, 02, 6] decane ring group.
  • alkyl group and the non-aromatic ring group do not have a substituent other than ⁇ (OH) q5.
  • the repeating unit (a5) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A6).
  • X Q6 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
  • RQ6 represents an alkylene group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a non-aromatic ring group, an aromatic ring group, or a group composed of a combination of two or more of these. ..
  • Examples of the non-aromatic ring group include a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group.
  • Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group include a cycloalkane ring group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkene ring group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group include a ring-assembled hydrocarbon ring group and a crosslinked ring-type hydrocarbon ring group.
  • Examples of the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring and the like.
  • the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring may be a condensed ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are condensed.
  • the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a norbornane ring group, an adamantane ring group, a bicyclooctane ring group, or a tricyclo [5, 2, 1, 02, 6] decane ring group.
  • the aromatic ring group preferably has an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, an anthracene ring group, or a biphenylene ring group.
  • alkylene group, the non-aromatic ring group, and the aromatic ring group do not have a substituent other than ⁇ ( ⁇ C (CF 3 ) 2 OH) q6.
  • q6 represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, and 7 to 7 to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 45 mol% is more preferred.
  • the repeating unit (a5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group represented by the following general formula (B2) (also referred to as “repeating unit (a6)”).
  • X represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent of the alkyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom.
  • the alkyl group has a substituent, it is preferable that the alkyl group has only a hydroxyl group and / or a halogen atom as the substituent.
  • the alkyl group is preferably -CH 3.
  • X 4 represents a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 64-
  • R 64 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having a number of carbon atoms). Represents 1 to 5).
  • the carbonyl carbon in -COO- is preferably directly attached to the main chain of the repeating unit.
  • L 4 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group.
  • the aromatic ring group is an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and an anthracene ring group, or a thiophene ring group, a furan ring group, a pyrrole ring group, a benzothiophene ring group, and a benzofuran.
  • Aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as a ring group, a benzopyrol ring group, a triazine ring group, an imidazole ring group, a benzoimidazole ring group, a triazole ring group, a thiadiazol ring group, and a thiazole ring group are preferable, and a benzene ring group is preferable. More preferred.
  • n represents an integer from 1 to 5.
  • the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
  • Examples of the substituent that the above-mentioned alkyl group of R 64 , alkylene group of L 4 and Ar 4 (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group can have include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) and a methoxy group. Examples thereof include an alkoxy group such as an ethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, a propoxy group, a hydroxypropoxy group, and a butoxy group; an aryl group such as a phenyl group; and the like. Further , examples of the substituent that the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group of Ar 4 can have include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
  • a represents 1 or 2.
  • R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group
  • a represents an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 to 75 mol%, more preferably 5 to 70 mol%, and 10 to 10 to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 70 mol% is more preferable.
  • the repeating unit (a6) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following formula (D) (also referred to as “repeating unit (a7)”).
  • cylic represents a group forming a main chain with a cyclic structure.
  • the number of constituent atoms of the ring is not particularly limited.
  • Examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (D) include the following repeating units.
  • R is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, and the like.
  • An ester group (-OCOR “or -COOR”: R "is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxylic acid group.
  • the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. Further, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • R' is independently an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom and an ester group.
  • R is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group
  • the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent.
  • the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R' may be replaced with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • m represents an integer greater than or equal to 0. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, but it is often 2 or less, and more often 1 or less.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 to 50 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 3 to 40 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 30 mol% is further preferable.
  • the repeating unit (a7) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following formula (E) (also referred to as “repeating unit (a8)").
  • Re independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
  • the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group and the like, which may have a substituent.
  • Cylic is a cyclic group containing a carbon atom in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited.
  • Examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (E) include the following repeating units.
  • R is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen. It represents an atom, an ester group (-OCOR “or -COOR”: R "is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxylic acid group.
  • the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent.
  • the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • R' is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, and an ester.
  • the alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent.
  • the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R' may be replaced with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
  • m represents an integer greater than or equal to 0. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, but it is often 2 or less, and more often 1 or less.
  • the formula (E-2), the formula (E-4), the formula (E-6), the formula (E-8), and the formula (E-13) the two Rs are bonded to each other to form a ring. You may be doing it.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 to 50 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), and 3 to 40. More preferably mol%, more preferably 5 to 35 mol%.
  • the repeating unit (a8) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin (A) may contain a repeating unit other than the above as the other repeating unit as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group. Good.
  • the repeating unit having the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A7) (also referred to as “repeating unit (a9)”).
  • the two Xfs independently represent an alkyl group (preferably CF 3 ) substituted with a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or at least one fluorine atom. Of the two Xfs, at least one is preferably a non-hydrogen atom.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group preferably has only a fluorine atom as a substituent.
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of them, R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent of the alkyl group is preferably a fluorine atom. When the alkyl group has a substituent, it is preferable that the alkyl group has only a fluorine atom as the substituent.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and when a plurality of L are present, L may be the same or different.
  • the divalent linking group of L is -COO-, -CO- , -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, and a plurality of these. Examples thereof include linked linking groups, and linking groups having a total carbon number of 12 or less are preferable.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 20
  • y represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • X 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom.
  • examples of the alkyl group include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group, and a methyl group or a branched chain group. Ethyl groups are more preferred, and methyl groups are even more preferred.
  • substituent when the alkyl group has a substituent include the substituent described in the Substituent T.
  • halogen atom when X 7 represents a halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • M + represents a cation.
  • M + for example, the same cation as M + in the general formula (PA-1) described later can be used.
  • the content thereof is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 3 to 25 mol%, and 5 to 5 to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 20 mol% is more preferred.
  • the repeating unit (a9) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000, and even more preferably 4,500 to 15,000.
  • the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is set to 1,000 to 200,000, deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be prevented, and further, deterioration of developability and high viscosity can be prevented. It is possible to prevent the film property from deteriorating.
  • the dispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (A) is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and even more preferably 1.2 to 2.0.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin (A) is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 15 to 100 mol%, based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). More preferred.
  • the content of the repeating unit having an aromatic group can be measured by 1 1 H-NMR or 13 C-NMR.
  • the content of the resin (A) is preferably 50 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60 to 99.0% by mass, based on the total solid content. Further, the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resist composition may contain a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with active light or radiation (also referred to as a photoacid generator or a photoacid generator (B)).
  • the photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid by exposure (preferably exposure to electron beam (EB) or EUV light).
  • the photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular weight compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
  • the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound
  • the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, still more preferably 1000 or less.
  • the photoacid generator is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A).
  • the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
  • the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, and among them, a compound that generates an organic acid by irradiation with electron beam (EB) or EUV light is preferable, and a photoacid generator having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom in the molecule is more preferable. ..
  • the organic acid include sulfonic acid (aliphatic sulfonic acid, aromatic sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid, etc.), carboxylic acid (aliphatic carboxylic acid, aromatic carboxylic acid, aralkylcarboxylic acid, etc.), carbonyl. Examples thereof include sulfonylimide acid, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide acid, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methidoic acid.
  • the volume of the acid generated from the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, and suppress the diffusion of the non-exposed portion of the acid generated by exposure, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution, 240 ⁇ 3 or more are preferred, 305 ⁇ 3 The above is more preferable, 350 ⁇ 3 or more is further preferable, and 400 ⁇ 3 or more is particularly preferable.
  • the volume of the acid generated by the photoacid generator is preferably 1500 ⁇ 3 or less, 1000 ⁇ 3, more preferably less, 700 ⁇ 3 or less is more preferable.
  • the above volume value is obtained using "WinMOPAC" manufactured by Fujitsu Limited.
  • volume value In calculating the volume value, first, the chemical structure of the acid according to each example is input, and then each acid is calculated by molecular mechanics using the MM (Molecular Mechanics) 3 method with this structure as the initial structure. The most stable conformation of each acid can be determined, and then the molecular orbital calculation of these most stable conformations using the PM (Parameterized Model number) 3 method can be performed to calculate the "accessible volume" of each acid.
  • MM Molecular Mechanics
  • the structure of the acid generated by the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, but it is between the acid generated by the photoacid generator and the resin (A) in terms of suppressing the diffusion of the acid and improving the resolution. It is preferable that the interaction is strong. From this point, when the acid generated by the photoacid generator is an organic acid, for example, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, a carbonylsulfonylimide acid group, a bissulfonylimide acid group, a trissulfonylmethidoic acid group, etc. It is preferable to have a polar group in addition to the organic acid group of.
  • Examples of the polar group include an ether group, an ester group, an amide group, an acyl group, a sulfo group, a sulfonyloxy group, a sulfonamide group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a urea group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a hydroxyl group, and a mercapto.
  • the group is mentioned.
  • the number of polar groups contained in the generated acid is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 2 or more. However, from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive development, the number of polar groups is preferably less than 6, and more preferably less than 4.
  • the photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that generates the acids exemplified below.
  • the calculated value of the volume is added to a part of the example (unit: ⁇ 3 ).
  • the photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator having anions and cations because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
  • the photoacid generator preferably contains a compound represented by the general formula (PA-1).
  • a 1 and A 2 are each independently, -SO 2 -R P, or represents -CO-R P.
  • R P represents an organic group.
  • R P present two in the general formula (PA-1) may be the same or different.
  • R P is a group represented by the general formula (RF) is preferred.
  • LRF represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
  • the divalent linking group include -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , and an alkylene group (linear or branched chain). It may be preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (may be linear or branched chain, preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and these.
  • a divalent linking group obtained by combining a plurality of the above can be mentioned.
  • the substituent that can be possessed when these divalent linking groups are possible, a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable.
  • the above-mentioned alkylene group (including an alkylene group that can be contained in a divalent linking group in which a plurality of them are combined) is a perfluoroalkylene group.
  • the divalent linking group is preferably -alkylene group-COO- or -alkylene group-SO 2- .
  • the alkylene group is preferably present on the N- side.
  • R RF represents a cycloalkyl group or an alkyl group.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
  • the cycloalkyl group preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a norbornyl group, a decalynyl group, and an adamantyl group.
  • the substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have is preferably an alkyl group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms). It is also preferable that the cycloalkyl group has no other substituent.
  • One or more of the carbon atoms which are ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group may be replaced with carbonyl carbon atoms and / or heteroatoms.
  • the carbon atom (-CH ⁇ ) bonded to LRF in the cycloalkyl group may be replaced by the nitrogen atom (-N ⁇ ).
  • R RF is an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
  • the above alkyl group has no substituent other than these.
  • the cycloalkyl group as the substituent include, for example, the cycloalkyl group described in the case where R RF is a cycloalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, it is also preferable that a part or all of the alkyl group is a perfluoromethyl group.
  • M + represents a cation.
  • the M + cation is preferably an organic cation.
  • the organic cations are preferably cations represented by the general formula (ZaI) (cations (ZaI)) or cations represented by the general formula (ZaII) (cations (ZaII)) independently of each other.
  • R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
  • the carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is usually 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20.
  • two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • the two of the group formed by bonding of the R 201 ⁇ R 203 for example, an alkylene group (e.g., butylene, pentylene), and, -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 - Can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the cation in the general formula (ZaI) include a cation (ZaI-1), a cation (ZaI-2), and a cation represented by the general formula (ZaI-3b) (cation (ZaI-3b)), which will be described later.
  • a cation represented by the general formula (ZaI-4b) (cation (ZaI-4b)) can be mentioned.
  • the cation (ZaI-1) is an aryl sulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the above general formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
  • the aryl sulfonium cation all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like may be formed in the ring. It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group.
  • a group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 for example, one or more methylene groups are substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and / or a carbonyl group.
  • alkylene group e.g., butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -
  • aryl sulfonium cation examples include a triaryl sulfonium cation, a diallyl alkyl sulfonium cation, an aryl dialkyl sulfonium cation, a diallyl cycloalkyl sulfonium cation, and an aryl dicycloalkyl sulfonium cation.
  • the aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, benzothiophene residues and the like.
  • the aryl sulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
  • the alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as needed is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms.
  • a cycloalkyl group of 15 is preferable, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and substituent that the cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are independently an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number of carbon atoms). 3 to 15), aryl group (for example, 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atom, hydroxyl group, or phenylthio group. preferable.
  • the above-mentioned substituent may further have a substituent when possible. For example, even if the above-mentioned alkyl group has a halogen atom as a substituent and is an alkyl halide group such as a trifluoromethyl group. Good.
  • the cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring.
  • the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
  • the organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and are linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl groups, 2-oxocycloalkyl groups, or Alkoxycarbonylmethyl groups are more preferred, and linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl groups are even more preferred.
  • Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group). Groups, butyl groups, and pentyl groups), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl groups, cyclohexyl groups, and norbornyl groups) can be mentioned.
  • R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
  • the cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following general formula (ZaI-3b).
  • R 1c to R 5c independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group.
  • R 6c and R 7c independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (t-butyl group, etc.), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
  • R x and R y independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, respectively.
  • R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be combined to form a ring, respectively.
  • This ring may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
  • Examples of the ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings.
  • the ring includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
  • Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include an alkylene group such as a butylene group and a pentylene group. ..
  • the methylene group in the alkylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
  • the group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c , and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group.
  • Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
  • the cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following general formula (ZaI-4b).
  • l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
  • r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
  • R 13 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (the cycloalkyl group itself may be used, and a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). May be). These groups may have substituents.
  • R 14 is a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (the cycloalkyl group itself may be a cycloalkyl group). It may be a group containing a group as a part). These groups may have substituents. When a plurality of R 14 are present, each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
  • R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have substituents.
  • R 15 Bonded to two R 15 each other may form a ring.
  • an oxygen atom or may contain a hetero atom such as nitrogen atom.
  • two R 15 is an alkylene group, preferably bonded together to form a ring structure.
  • the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched chain.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • the alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like.
  • R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group.
  • the aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like.
  • Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
  • the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group).
  • a group or a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent.
  • substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 carbon atoms). ⁇ 15), an aryl group (for example, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a phenylthio group and the like.
  • the photoacid generator preferably contains a compound represented by the general formula (PB).
  • PB general formula (PB)
  • a resist film can be constant each occurrence ratio of the structure. Therefore, the present inventors presume that even when the resist film is exposed, the amount and diffusion of the acid generated in the resist film tends to be uniform, and the width of the pattern obtained after development is stable.
  • M 1 + and M 2 + each independently represents an organic cation.
  • M 1 + and M 2 + organic cation each independently, an organic cation listed in the description of the M + of the general formula (PA-1) can be used as well.
  • L represents a divalent organic group.
  • the divalent organic group include -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched), and a cycloalkylene group (preferably. 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and a divalent linking group obtained by combining a plurality of these groups can be mentioned.
  • One or more of the methylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring of the cycloalkylene group may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon and / or a hetero atom (oxygen atom or the like).
  • These divalent linking groups also preferably have a group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -SO-, and -SO 2-.
  • L is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (L). * A-LA-LB-LC-LD-LE- * B (L)
  • * A represents the connection position with A ⁇ in the general formula (PB).
  • * B represents the connection position with B ⁇ in the general formula (PB).
  • LA represents ⁇ (C (R LA1 ) (R LA2 )) XA ⁇ .
  • the XA represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • R LA1 and R LA2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
  • the substituents of R LA1 and R LA2 are independently preferably a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group, and further preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoromethyl group.
  • the R LA1s in which XA are present may be the same or different.
  • the R LA2 having XA may be the same or different.
  • -(C (R LA1 ) (R LA2 ))- is preferably -CH 2- , -CHF-, -CH (CF 3 )-, or -CF 2- .
  • the general formula (PB) in A - and a direct bond to - (C (R LA1) ( R LA2)) - is, -CH 2 -, - CHF - , - CH (CF 3) -, or - CF 2 -is preferable.
  • Formula (PB) in A - and a direct bond to - (C (R LA1) ( R LA2)) - other than the - (C (R LA1) ( R LA2)) - are each independently, -CH 2 -, -CHF-, or -CF 2 --is preferable.
  • LB represents a single bond, an ester group (-COO-), or a sulfonyl group (-SO 2- ).
  • LC represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a group composed of a combination thereof (such as "-alkylene group-cycloalkylene group-").
  • the alkylene group may be linear or branched.
  • the carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 2, further preferably 1, and the number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkylene group is preferably 3 to 15, more preferably 5 to 10.
  • the cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the cycloalkylene group include a norbornanediyl group and an adamantandiyl group.
  • the substituent that the cycloalkylene group may have is preferably an alkyl group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
  • One or more of the methylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring of the cycloalkylene group may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon and / or a hetero atom (oxygen atom or the like).
  • the alkylene group portion is preferably present on the LB side.
  • the LC is preferably a single bond or a cycloalkylene group.
  • LD represents a single bond, an ether group (-O-), a carbonyl group (-CO-), or an ester group (-COO-).
  • LE is a single bond or - (C (R LE1) ( R LE2))
  • XE - represents a.
  • XE- represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.
  • R LE1 and R LE2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. When the number of XEs is 2 or more, the R LE1s having XEs may be the same or different from each other. When the number of XEs is 2 or more, the R LE2s having XEs may be the same or different from each other.
  • -(C (R LE1 ) (R LE2 ))- is preferably -CH 2-.
  • L when LB, LC, and LD are single bonds, it is preferable that LE is also a single bond.
  • a ⁇ represents an acid anion group.
  • An acid anion group is a group having an anion atom.
  • a ⁇ is preferably a group represented by any of the general formulas (A-1) to (A-2).
  • RA represents an organic group.
  • RA is preferably an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group having a fluorine atom as a substituent may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • B ⁇ represents a group represented by any of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-4).
  • B ⁇ is preferably a group represented by any of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-3), and a group represented by any of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-2) is preferable. More preferred.
  • R B represents an organic group.
  • R B is a cycloalkyl group or an alkyl group. If R B is a cycloalkyl group, the carbon number of the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 15, and more preferably 5-10.
  • the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
  • the substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have is preferably an alkyl group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
  • R B is an alkyl group
  • the alkyl group may be either linear or branched.
  • the alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • the substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the substituent, R B is a cycloalkyl group as described in the case a cycloalkyl group as well.
  • the alkyl group may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, it is also preferable that a part or all of the alkyl group is a perfluoromethyl group.
  • the pKa of the group represented by HA is BH. It is lower than the pKa of the represented group. More specifically, HA-L-BH when obtained an acid dissociation constant for the compound represented by the "HA-L-BH” is - a pKa at which the "A -L-BH""HA and in the pKa of a group represented by "further” a - a pKa of the group represented by "BH a pKa at which the '" - -L-BH "is” a - -L-B.
  • PKa of the group represented by HA and “pKa of the group represented by BH” are obtained by using “Software Package 1" or "Gaussian 16", respectively.
  • the pKa of the group represented by HA is preferably -12.00 to 1.00, more preferably -7.00 to 0.50, and even more preferably -5.00 to 0.00.
  • the pKa of the group represented by HB is preferably -4.00 to 14.00, more preferably -2.00 to 12.00, and even more preferably -1.00 to 5.00.
  • the difference between the pKa of the group represented by HB and the pKa of the group represented by HA (“pKa of the group represented by HB”-“pKa of the group represented by HA”) is 0.10 to 20. It is preferably .00, more preferably 0.50 to 17.00, and even more preferably 2.00 to 15.00.
  • photoacid generators As the resist composition, other photoacid generators other than those described above may be used.
  • Other photoacid generators for example, "M + Z - (M + represents a cation and Z - represents an anion)” include compounds represented by (onium salt).
  • M + Z - in a compound represented by, M + represents a cation, include the same cations as the cation in formula (PA-1).
  • Z - "M + Z" - represents an anion
  • the ability of causing a nucleophilic reaction is extremely low anion preferred.
  • the anion include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions such as fluoroalkyl sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphor sulfonic acid anions, etc.) and carboxylic acid anions (aliphatic carboxylic acid anions, aromatics).
  • the aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion and the aliphatic carboxylic acid anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and may be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. , A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • the aromatic ring group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion and the aromatic carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
  • Examples of the substituents that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group mentioned above can have include a halogen atom such as a nitro group and a fluorine atom, a carboxylic acid group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, and an alkoxy group.
  • cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), acyl group (Preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkyl Iminosulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms), alkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms), cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms) 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably 5 to 20 carbon atoms), and a cyclo
  • the aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and a naphthylbutyl group.
  • the alkyl group in the tris (alkylsulfonyl) methideanion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
  • substituent of these alkyl groups include a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryloxysulfonyl group, and a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group.
  • an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferable.
  • non-nucleophilic anions e.g., fluorinated phosphorus (e.g., PF 6 -), fluorinated boron (e.g., BF 4 -), and fluorinated antimony (e.g., SbF 6 -) and the like.
  • fluorinated phosphorus e.g., PF 6 -
  • fluorinated boron e.g., BF 4 -
  • fluorinated antimony e.g., SbF 6 -
  • the non-nucleophilic anion is an aliphatic sulfonic acid anion in which at least the ⁇ position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonic acid anion in which a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom is substituted, or an alkyl group in which fluorine is used.
  • Atomically substituted tris (alkylsulfonyl) methideanions are preferred.
  • perfluoroaliphatic sulfonic acid anion preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms
  • benzenesulfonic acid anion having a fluorine atom is more preferable
  • nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid anion, perfluorooctanesulfonic acid anion, pentafluorobenzenesulfone acid anions or 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonic acid anions are more preferred.
  • the pKa of the generated acid is -1 or less in order to improve the sensitivity.
  • an anion represented by the following general formula (AN1) is also preferable.
  • Xf independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
  • R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group, and when a plurality of them are present, R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different, respectively.
  • L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different.
  • A represents a cyclic organic group.
  • x represents an integer of 1 to 20
  • y represents an integer of 0 to 10
  • z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
  • the general formula (AN1) will be described in more detail.
  • the number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom of Xf is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4.
  • the alkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
  • Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Xf is, for example, fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C.
  • fluorine atom or CF. 3 is preferable.
  • both Xfs are fluorine atoms.
  • the alkyl groups of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4.
  • the substituent is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • Alkyl groups having substituents for R 1 and R 2 include, for example, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C.
  • R 1 and R 2 are preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3.
  • x is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 5.
  • y is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
  • z is preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
  • the divalent linking group of L include -COO-, -CO- , -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, and these.
  • Examples thereof include a linking group in which a plurality of the above groups are linked, and a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferable. Among them, -COO-, -CO-, or -O- is preferable, and -COO- is more preferable.
  • the cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure, and has an alicyclic group, an aromatic ring group, and a heterocyclic group (not only those having aromaticity but also aromaticity). (Including those that do not), etc.
  • the alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group is preferable, and in addition, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclo Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a decanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable.
  • a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group is preferable, and in addition, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclo Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a decanyl group,
  • alicyclic groups having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, are used in the post-exposure heating step. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusibility in the membrane and improving the MEEF (Mask Error Enhancement Factor).
  • the aromatic ring group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring and the like.
  • heterocyclic group examples include groups derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring and the like. Of these, a group derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, or a pyridine ring is preferable.
  • examples of the cyclic organic group include a lactone structure, and specific examples thereof include lactone structures represented by the above-mentioned general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22).
  • the cyclic organic group may have a substituent.
  • the substituent may be an alkyl group (linear or branched chain, and may contain a cyclic structure, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). It may be a spiro ring in the case of a polycycle, preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 14), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, and an amide.
  • Examples thereof include a group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid ester group.
  • the carbon constituting the cyclic organic group may be a carbonyl carbon.
  • the photoacid generator may be a betaine compound having a cation portion and an anion portion and having a structure in which both are covalently linked.
  • Examples of the photoacid generator include paragraphs [0368] to [0377] of JP2014-41328 and paragraphs [0240] to [0262] of JP2013-228681 (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. [0339]) of the specification of 2015/004533 can be incorporated, and these contents are incorporated in the specification of the present application.
  • the following compound is mentioned as a preferable specific example. In the following compounds, anions and cations can be optionally exchanged, if possible.
  • the content of the photoacid generator in the resist composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5% by mass or more, preferably 9% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. More preferably, 15% by mass or more is further preferable.
  • the content is preferably 45% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 35% by mass or less.
  • the photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resist composition may contain a solvent.
  • Solvents consist of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group.
  • the solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2).
  • the present inventors have found that when such a solvent and the above-mentioned resin are used in combination, the coatability of the composition is improved and a pattern having a small number of development defects can be formed. Although the reason is not always clear, these solvents have a good balance of solubility, boiling point and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin, so that uneven film thickness of the composition film and generation of precipitates in spin coating can be suppressed. The present inventors believe that this is due to.
  • the component (M1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, preferably propylene glycol.
  • PGMEA propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate
  • PGMEA Monomethyl ether acetate
  • the component (M2) is preferably the following solvent.
  • propylene glycol monoalkyl ether propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) are preferable.
  • the lactate ester is preferably ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, or propyl lactate.
  • the acetic acid ester is preferably methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, or 3-methoxybutyl acetate.
  • alkoxypropionate ester is preferably methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP).
  • Chain ketones are 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanonone, 2-nonanonone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone.
  • Acetoneacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, or methyl amyl ketone is preferred.
  • the cyclic ketone is preferably methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone, or cyclohexanone.
  • the lactone is preferably ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • the alkylene carbonate is preferably propylene carbonate.
  • the component (M2) is more preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, ⁇ -butyrolactone, or propylene carbonate.
  • PGME propylene glycol monomethyl ether
  • ethyl lactate ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate
  • methyl amyl ketone cyclohexanone
  • butyl acetate pentyl acetate
  • ⁇ -butyrolactone propylene carbonate
  • an ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12 and even more preferably 7 to 10) and having a heteroatom number of 2 or less.
  • ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatomic atoms examples include amyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, and iso.
  • Examples thereof include isobutyl butyrate, heptyl propionate, butyl butanoate and the like, and isoamyl acetate is preferable.
  • the component (M2) is preferably a solvent having a flash point (hereinafter, also referred to as fp) of 37 ° C. or higher.
  • Such components (M2) include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47 ° C.), ethyl lactate (fp: 53 ° C.), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49 ° C.), and methylamyl ketone (fp: 42 ° C.).
  • Cyclohexanone (fp: 44 ° C), pentyl acetate (fp: 45 ° C), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45 ° C), ⁇ -butyrolactone (fp: 101 ° C), or propylene carbonate (fp: 132 ° C).
  • °C is preferable.
  • propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, pentyl acetate, or cyclohexanone is more preferable, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate is even more preferable.
  • the "flash point” means a value described in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich Co., Ltd.
  • the solvent preferably contains the component (M1). It is more preferable that the solvent is substantially composed of only the component (M1) or is a mixed solvent of the component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, the solvent more preferably contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2).
  • the mass ratio (M1 / M2) of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably "100/0" to "0/10", more preferably “100/0” to "15/85", and ""100/0” to “40/60” are more preferable, and "100/0" to "60/40” are particularly preferable. That is, when the solvent contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2), the mass ratio of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more. 60/40 or more is more preferable. When such a configuration is adopted, the number of development defects can be further reduced.
  • the mass ratio of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is, for example, 99/1 or less.
  • the solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2).
  • the content of the components other than the components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the solvent.
  • the content of the solvent in the resist composition is preferably set so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. By doing so, the coatability of the resist composition can be further improved.
  • the solid content means all components other than the solvent.
  • the solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the resist composition.
  • the resist composition may further contain an acid diffusion control agent.
  • the acid diffusion control agent acts as a quencher for trapping the acid generated from the photoacid generator, and plays a role of controlling the acid diffusion phenomenon in the resist film.
  • the acid diffusion control agent may be, for example, a basic compound.
  • the basic compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formulas (A) to (E).
  • R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and may be the same or different, and may be a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms). Represents an aryl group (preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms), and R 201 and R 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
  • the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. It is more preferable that the alkyl groups in the general formula (A) and the general formula (E) are unsubstituted.
  • guanidine aminopyrrolidin, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholin (alkyl group portion may be linear or branched chain, partly replaced with ether group and / or ester group.
  • the total number of all amino acids other than the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group portion is preferably 1 to 17), or piperidine or the like is preferred.
  • a compound having an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclo structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure, or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, or a hydroxyl group and / Or an aniline derivative having an ether bond or the like is more preferable.
  • Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, and benzimidazole.
  • Compounds having a diazabicyclo structure include, for example, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] nona-5-ene, and 1,8-diazabicyclo [ 5,4,0] Undeca-7-en and the like.
  • Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, and sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group.
  • triphenylsulfonium hydroxide tris (t-butylphenyl) sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, and 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxydo.
  • Examples of the compound having an onium carboxylate structure include those in which the anion portion of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure is carboxylated, and examples thereof include acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylate. Can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine.
  • Examples of the aniline compound include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like.
  • Examples of alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine, and (HO-C 2 H 4- OC 2 H 4 ). 2 N (-C 3 H 6 -O-CH 3 ) and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline and the like.
  • Preferred examples of the basic compound include an amine compound having a phenoxy group and an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group.
  • amine compound for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amine compounds can be used, and an amine compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • the amine compound is more preferably a tertiary amine compound.
  • the amine compound has a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms) in addition to the alkyl group as long as at least one alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to the nitrogen atom.
  • the amine compound preferably has an oxyalkylene group.
  • the number of oxyalkylene groups is preferably 1 or more in the molecule, more preferably 3 to 9, and even more preferably 4 to 6.
  • an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O- or CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is preferable, and an oxyethylene group. Is more preferable.
  • ammonium salt compound examples include primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary ammonium salt compounds, and an ammonium salt compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable.
  • the ammonium salt compound has a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group in addition to the alkyl group as long as at least one alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to the nitrogen atom. (Preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms) may be bonded to the nitrogen atom.
  • the ammonium salt compound preferably has an oxyalkylene group.
  • the number of oxyalkylene groups is preferably 1 or more in the molecule, more preferably 3 to 9, and even more preferably 4 to 6.
  • an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is preferable.
  • Oxyethylene groups are more preferred.
  • the anion of the ammonium salt compound include a halogen atom, a sulfonate, a borate, and a phosphate, and among them, a halogen atom or a sulfonate is preferable.
  • the halogen atom is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom.
  • the sulfonate is preferably an organic sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of the organic sulfonate include an alkyl sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an aryl sulfonate.
  • the alkyl group of the alkyl sulfonate may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an aromatic ring group and the like.
  • alkyl sulphonate examples include methane sulphonate, ethane sulphonate, butane sulphonate, hexane sulphonate, octane sulphonate, benzyl sulphonate, trifluoromethane sulphonate, pentafluoroethane sulphonate, and nonafluorobutane sulphonate.
  • aryl group of the aryl sulfonate examples include a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and an anthracene ring group.
  • the substituents that the benzene ring group, the naphthalene ring group, and the anthracene ring group can have are a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms. preferable.
  • Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group and cycloalkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group and t-butyl group. Examples thereof include an n-hexyl group and a cyclohexyl group.
  • substituents include an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group and the like.
  • the amine compound having a phenoxy group and the ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group are those having a phenoxy group at the terminal opposite to the nitrogen atom of the alkyl group of the amine compound or the ammonium salt compound.
  • the substituent of the phenoxy group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxylic acid ester group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an acyloxy group, and the like. Examples thereof include an aryloxy group.
  • the substituent of the substituent may be any of 2 to 6 positions.
  • the number of substituents may be any of 1 to 5.
  • oxyalkylene group between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom.
  • the number of oxyalkylene groups is preferably 1 or more in the molecule, more preferably 3 to 9, and even more preferably 4 to 6.
  • an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is preferable, and oxyethylene. Groups are more preferred.
  • the amine compound having a phenoxy group is prepared by heating a primary or secondary amine having a phenoxy group and a haloalkyl ether to react, and then adding a strong base (for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and tetraalkylammonium) to the reaction system. Etc.) is added, and the reaction product is further extracted with an organic solvent (for example, ethyl acetate, chloroform, etc.). Alternatively, it is obtained by heating and reacting a primary or secondary amine with a haloalkyl ether having a phenoxy group at the terminal, adding an aqueous solution of a strong base to the reaction system, and further extracting the reaction product with an organic solvent. ..
  • a strong base for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and tetraalkylammonium
  • the resist composition has a proton-accepting functional group as an acid diffusion control agent, and is decomposed by irradiation with active light or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton-accepting property, or to change from the proton-accepting property to acidic. It may contain a compound that produces a modified compound (hereinafter, also referred to as compound (PA)).
  • the proton-accepting functional group is a group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton or a functional group having an electron, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a functional group having a macrocyclic structure. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ -conjugation.
  • the nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to ⁇ conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following general formula.
  • Preferred partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include, for example, a crown ether structure, an aza crown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, a pyrazine structure and the like.
  • the compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with active light or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic.
  • the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acidity is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor property functional group.
  • a low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and a group desorbed by the action of an acid can also be used as an acid diffusion control agent.
  • the low molecular weight compound is preferably an amine derivative having a group eliminated by the action of an acid on a nitrogen atom.
  • the group eliminated by the action of the acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminol ether group, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminol ether group is more preferable. preferable.
  • the molecular weight of the low molecular weight compound is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and even more preferably 100 to 500.
  • the low molecular weight compound may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
  • the content of the acid diffusion control agent is preferably 0.001 to 15% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. More preferred.
  • the acid diffusion control agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the resist composition contains a compound represented by the general formula (PB) as a photoacid generator, the compound represented by the general formula (PB) includes a structure having a function corresponding to an acid diffusion control agent. Therefore, it is also preferable that the resist composition does not substantially contain the acid diffusion control agent.
  • the fact that the acid diffusion control agent is substantially not contained means that the content of the acid diffusion control agent is 5% by mass or less with respect to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (PB). ..
  • the molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in resolution due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time from exposure to heat treatment.
  • the photoacid generator / acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and even more preferably 7.0 to 150.
  • Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds described in paragraphs [0140] to [0144] of JP2013-11833A (amine compounds, amide group-containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, etc.). Can also be mentioned.
  • the resist composition may contain a hydrophobic resin different from the resin (A) in addition to the resin (A).
  • Hydrophobic resins are preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike surfactants, they do not necessarily have to have hydrophilic groups in the molecule and are a uniform mixture of polar and non-polar substances. It does not have to contribute to.
  • the effects of adding the hydrophobic resin include controlling the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to water, and suppressing outgas.
  • Hydrophobic resin from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer, "fluorine atom”, “silicon atom”, and has any one or more "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin” It is preferable to have two or more kinds. Further, the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be contained in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted in the side chain.
  • the fluorine atoms and / or silicon atoms in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin and may be contained in the side chains. You may.
  • the partial structure having a fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom.
  • the alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. Further, it may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
  • the cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than the fluorine atom.
  • the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and further have a substituent other than the fluorine atom. May be.
  • Examples of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom include the repeating unit exemplified in paragraph [0519] of US2012 / 0251948A1.
  • the hydrophobic resin may preferably contain a CH 3 partial structure side chain moiety.
  • CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion in the hydrophobic resin an ethyl group, and is intended to include CH 3 partial structure a propyl group has.
  • the methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin (for example, the ⁇ -methyl group of the repeating unit having a methacrylic acid structure) contributes to the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin due to the influence of the main chain. small Therefore, not included in the CH 3 partial structures in the present invention.
  • the resins described in JP2011-24801A, JP2010-175859, and JP2012-032544 can also be preferably used.
  • the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. ..
  • the resist composition may contain a surfactant.
  • a surfactant is included, a pattern having better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
  • the surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant.
  • Fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants include, for example, the surfactants described in paragraph [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425.
  • Ftop EF301 or EF303 (manufactured by Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.); Florard FC430, 431, and 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.); Megafuck F171, F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120, and R08 (manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.); Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105 or 106 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.); Troysol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.) ); GF-300 or GF-150 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.); Ftop EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF
  • the surfactant is a fluoroaliphatic compound produced by a telomerization method (also referred to as a telomer method) or an oligomerization method (also referred to as an oligomer method). May be synthesized using. Specifically, a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from this fluoroaliphatic compound may be used as a surfactant. This fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2002-090991. In addition, surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may be used.
  • surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
  • the resist composition comprises a dissolution inhibitory compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and / or a compound that promotes solubility in a developing solution (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or a carboxylic acid group. (Alicyclic or aliphatic compound) containing the above may be further contained.
  • the resist composition may further contain a dissolution inhibitory compound.
  • a dissolution inhibitory compound is a compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less, which is decomposed by the action of an acid and its solubility in an organic developer is reduced.
  • the composition of the present invention relates to an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition whose properties change in response to irradiation with active light or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention comprises a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit substrate manufacturing such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, a molding structure for imprinting, another photofabrication step, or a photofabrication step. It relates to a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing a flat plate printing plate or an acid-curable composition.
  • the pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), and the like.
  • the present invention also relates to a sensitive light or radiation sensitive film (also referred to as a "resist film”) formed by the sensitive light or radiation composition of the present invention.
  • a sensitive light or radiation sensitive film also referred to as a "resist film”
  • Such a film is formed, for example, by applying the composition of the present invention onto a support such as a substrate.
  • the thickness of this film is preferably 0.02 to 0.1 ⁇ m.
  • As a method of coating on the substrate it is applied on the substrate by an appropriate coating method such as spin coating, roll coating, flow coating, dip coating, spray coating, doctor coating, etc., but spin coating is preferable, and the number of rotations thereof is high. 1000-3000 rpm (rotations per minute) is preferable.
  • the coating film is prebaked at 60 to 150 ° C. for 1 to 20 minutes, preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for 1 to 10 minutes to form a thin film.
  • a silicon wafer can be used, and examples of the material to be the outermost layer include Si, SiO 2 , SiN, SiON, TiN, and the like.
  • WSi, BPSG, SOG, organic antireflection film and the like can be mentioned.
  • the procedure of the pattern forming method using the resist composition is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to have the following steps.
  • Step 1 Forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition
  • Step 2 Exposing the resist film (preferably with electron beam (EB) or EUV light)
  • Step 3 Using a developing solution , Step of developing the exposed resist film and forming a pattern
  • EB electron beam
  • Step 3 Using a developing solution , Step of developing the exposed resist film and forming a pattern
  • Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on the substrate using the resist composition.
  • the definition of the resist composition is as described above.
  • Examples of the method of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition include a method of applying a resist composition on a substrate. It is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating.
  • the pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 ⁇ m or less, more preferably 0.05 ⁇ m or less, still more preferably 0.03 ⁇ m or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coating) such as that used in the manufacture of integrated circuit elements by an appropriate coating method such as a spinner or coater.
  • the coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner.
  • the rotation speed for spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
  • the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various undercoat films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
  • drying method examples include a method of heating and drying.
  • the heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and / or a developing machine, and may be carried out by using a hot plate or the like.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150 ° C, more preferably 80 to 140 ° C, still more preferably 80 to 130 ° C.
  • the heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, still more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
  • the film thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but 10 to 65 nm is preferable, and 15 to 50 nm is more preferable, from the viewpoint of being able to form a fine pattern with higher accuracy.
  • a top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film by using the top coat composition. It is preferable that the topcoat composition is not mixed with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film. Further, it is preferable to dry the resist film before forming the top coat. Next, the topcoat composition can be applied onto the obtained resist film by the same means as in the method for forming the resist film, and further dried to form a topcoat.
  • the film thickness of the top coat is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, and even more preferably 40 to 80 nm.
  • the top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method.
  • the top coat is based on the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of JP-A-2014-059543. Can be formed.
  • the basic compound that can be contained in the top coat include basic compounds that may be contained in the resist composition described later.
  • the top coat preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
  • Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film (preferably with an electron beam (EB) or EUV light).
  • the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with an electron beam (EB) or EUV light through a predetermined mask.
  • the heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150 ° C, more preferably 80 to 140 ° C, still more preferably 80 to 130 ° C.
  • the heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
  • the heating can be carried out by means provided in a normal exposure machine and / or a developing machine, and may be carried out by using a hot plate or the like. This process is also called post-exposure baking.
  • Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution to form a pattern.
  • the developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developer).
  • Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time (paddle method). ), A method of spraying the developer on the surface of the substrate (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic discharge method). ). Further, after the step of performing the development, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting with another solvent.
  • the development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed portion is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
  • the temperature of the developing solution is preferably 0 to 50 ° C, more preferably 15 to 35 ° C.
  • alkaline aqueous solution containing alkali is not particularly limited, and for example, a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, an inorganic alkali, a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, an alcohol amine, a cyclic amine, or the like can be used.
  • Examples include alkaline aqueous solutions containing.
  • the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH).
  • TMAH tetramethylammonium hydroxide
  • An appropriate amount of alcohols, surfactants and the like may be added to the alkaline developer.
  • the alkali concentration of the alkaline developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass.
  • the pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10.0 to 15.0.
  • the organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent. It is preferable to have it.
  • ketone solvent examples include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanonone, 2-nonanonone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methylamylketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, and diisobutylketone.
  • Examples thereof include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
  • ester solvent examples include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl.
  • examples thereof include butyl, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
  • the alcohol solvent for example, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0715] to [0718] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 can be used. ..
  • a plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water.
  • the water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
  • the content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the developing solution. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
  • the pattern forming method preferably includes a step of washing with a rinsing solution after the step 3.
  • Examples of the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with an alkaline developer include pure water. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to pure water. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
  • the rinse solution used in the rinse step after the development step using the organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the resist pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used.
  • a rinsing solution a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, and an ether solvent is used. Is preferable.
  • the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent include those similar to those described in the developing solution containing an organic solvent.
  • the method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. Examples thereof include a method (dip method) and a method of spraying a rinse liquid on the surface of a substrate (spray method).
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. In addition, this step has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern.
  • the heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 250 ° C. (preferably 90 to 200 ° C.) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
  • the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) to form the pattern on the substrate.
  • the processing method of the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is dry-etched using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to obtain the substrate.
  • the method of forming the pattern is preferable.
  • the dry etching may be one-step etching or multi-step etching. When the etching is an etching consisting of a plurality of stages, the etching of each stage may be the same process or different processes.
  • etching any known method can be used for etching, and various conditions and the like are appropriately determined according to the type and application of the substrate.
  • the Bulletin of the International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. Of SPIE) Vol. Etching can be performed according to 6924, 692420 (2008), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-267112, and the like. It is also possible to follow the method described in "Chapter 4 Etching" of "Semiconductor Process Textbook 4th Edition 2007 Published Publisher: SEMI Japan". Of these, oxygen plasma etching is preferable for dry etching.
  • the resist composition and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention are made of metal or the like. It is preferable that it does not contain impurities.
  • the content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, further preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
  • examples of the metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, etc. W, Zn and the like can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter.
  • the filter pore size is preferably less than 100 nm, more preferably 10 nm or less, and even more preferably 5 nm or less.
  • the filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
  • the filter may be composed of a composite material in which the above filter material and an ion exchange medium are combined.
  • a filter that has been pre-cleaned with an organic solvent may be used.
  • Filter In the filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination.
  • various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering the various materials a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step.
  • the step of filtering the various materials a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step.
  • a polyethylene filter having a pore diameter of 50 nm, a nylon filter having a pore diameter of 10 nm, and a polyethylene filter having a pore diameter of 3 nm in a permutation and perform circulation filtration 10 times or more.
  • the inside of the resist composition manufacturing apparatus is preferably gas-replaced with an inert gas such as nitrogen. This makes it possible to suppress the dissolution of an active gas such as oxygen in the resist composition.
  • the resist composition is filtered through a filter and then filled in a clean container.
  • the resist composition filled in the container is preferably stored in a refrigerator. As a result, performance deterioration over time is suppressed.
  • the shorter the time from the completion of filling the composition into the container to the start of refrigerated storage is preferably, generally within 24 hours, preferably within 16 hours, more preferably within 12 hours, and 10 Within hours is even more preferred.
  • the storage temperature is preferably 0 to 15 ° C, more preferably 0 to 10 ° C, and even more preferably 0 to 5 ° C.
  • a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials for example, a method of selecting a raw material having a low metal content as a raw material constituting various materials, and a filter filtration of the raw materials constituting various materials are performed. Examples thereof include a method of performing the distillation and a method of performing distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
  • impurities may be removed by an adsorbent, or filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used in combination.
  • a known adsorbent can be used, and for example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel and zeolite, and an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used.
  • an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel and zeolite
  • an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon
  • Conductive compounds are added to organic treatment liquids such as rinse liquids to prevent damage to chemical liquid piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. You may.
  • the conductive compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol.
  • the amount to be added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, in terms of maintaining preferable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics.
  • Examples of the chemical solution piping include various piping coated with SUS (stainless steel), antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perflooloalkoxy resin, etc.). Can be used.
  • antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin polytetrafluoroethylene, perflooloalkoxy resin, etc.
  • a method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the method of the present invention.
  • Examples of the method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern include a method of treating the pattern with a plasma of a hydrogen-containing gas disclosed in International Publication No. 2014/002808.
  • SPIE Vol. 8328 83280N-1 "EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Sensitivity Enhancement" can be mentioned.
  • the aspect ratio obtained by dividing the pattern height by the line width is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.1 or less, still more preferably 1.7 or less. ..
  • the pattern to be formed is a trench pattern or a contact hole pattern
  • the aspect ratio obtained by dividing the pattern height by the trench width or the hole diameter is preferably 4.0 or less, preferably 3.5. The following is more preferable, and 3.0 or less is further preferable.
  • the pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used for guide pattern forming in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. 4 No. 8 Page 4815-4823).
  • DSA Directed Self-Assembly
  • the pattern formed by the above method can be used as, for example, the core material (core) of the spacer process disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-270227 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-164509.
  • the present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the above-mentioned pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
  • the electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on an electric electronic device (home appliance, OA (Office Automation), media-related device, optical device, communication device, etc.).
  • the precipitated polymer was filtered, and the filtered polymer was washed with 195 g of the above-mentioned mixed solvent of n-heptane and ethyl acetate.
  • the washed polymer was air-dried at 40 ° C. to obtain 10.0 g of resin (A-1).
  • the weight average molecular weight by GPC was 13000, and the molecular weight dispersion (Mw / Mn) was 1.95.
  • the resin (A) shown in Table 1 was synthesized in the same manner as in the above synthesis example of the resin A-1 except that the monomer used was changed.
  • the composition ratio (molar ratio) of the resin (A) was calculated by 1 H-NMR or 13 C-NMR measurement.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw: polystyrene conversion) and the dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin (A) were calculated by GPC (solvent: THF) measurement.
  • Table 1 shows the composition ratio (molar ratio) of the repeating unit, the content (molar ratio) of the repeating unit having an aromatic group, the weight average molecular weight, and the dispersity of each resin.
  • the repeating unit 1 corresponds to the repeating unit (a1).
  • the resins (RA-1) to (RA-4) are not the resins (A), they are listed in Table 1 for convenience.
  • the repeating units of each resin (A-1 to A-47, RA-1 to RA-4) are shown below.
  • the structure of the hydrophobic resin (E) (resin E-1) is shown below.
  • the weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the hydrophobic resin E-1 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene).
  • the composition ratio (molar ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR.
  • the hydrophobic resin E-1 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 15,000, a dispersity (Mw / Mn) of 1.50, and a composition ratio of 50/50 in terms of molar ratio.
  • the underlayer film forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a base film having a film thickness of 20 nm.
  • the resist composition shown in Table 3 (see Table 2 for the composition of the resist composition) was applied thereto, and the mixture was baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
  • an EUV exposure device Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech
  • pattern irradiation was performed on the silicon wafer having the obtained resist film.
  • the resist film after exposure was baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds, developed with n-butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern.
  • the resist composition of the present invention can reduce the collapse front width, increase the bridge front width, have an excellent resolution margin, and further provide roughness when a pattern is formed by organic solvent development. It was confirmed that the performance was excellent. On the other hand, the resist compositions of Comparative Examples had insufficient performance.
  • the underlayer film forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a base film having a film thickness of 20 nm.
  • the resist composition shown in Table 4 (see Table 2 for the composition of the resist composition) was applied thereto, and the mixture was baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
  • an EUV exposure device Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech
  • pattern irradiation was performed on the silicon wafer having the obtained resist film. It was.
  • the resist film after exposure was baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds, developed with an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (2.38% by mass) for 30 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. Then, this was spin-dried to obtain a positive pattern. Roughness performance, collapse front width, bridge front width, and resolution margin were evaluated in the same manner as described above.
  • the resist composition of the present invention can reduce the collapse front width, increase the bridge front width, have an excellent resolution margin, and further provide roughness performance when a pattern is formed by alkaline development. It was confirmed that it was excellent. On the other hand, the resist compositions of Comparative Examples had insufficient performance.
  • the resist composition of the present invention can reduce the collapse front width, increase the bridge front width, have an excellent resolution margin, and further provide roughness performance when a pattern is formed by alkaline development. It was confirmed that it was excellent. On the other hand, the resist compositions of Comparative Examples had insufficient performance.
  • a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of reducing the collapse front width, increasing the bridge front width, excellent resolution margin, and forming a pattern excellent in roughness performance. can do. Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device with respect to the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. ..

Abstract

The present invention provides: an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing (A) a resin that includes a repeating unit (a1) having a specific moiety structure and an aromatic group but not having a specific repeating unit, and (B) a compound that generates an acid when irradiated with actinic rays or radiation; an actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film using the actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition; a method for forming a pattern; and a method for producing an electronic device.

Description

感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法Sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing an electronic device.
 本発明は、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device.
 IC(Integrated Circuit、集積回路)及びLSI(Large Scale Integrated circuit、大規模集積回路)等の半導体デバイスの製造プロセスにおいては、感光性組成物を用いたリソグラフィーによる微細加工が行われている。
 リソグラフィーの方法として、感光性組成物によりレジスト膜を形成した後、得られた膜を露光して、その後、現像する方法が挙げられる。特に、近年、露光の際にEB(Electron Beam)、EUV(Extreme ultraviolet)光を用いる検討がなされている。
 特許文献1は、 酸の作用により現像液に対する溶解性が変化する基材成分(A)、露光により酸を発生する酸発生剤成分(B)を含有するレジスト組成物であって、上記基材成分(A)が特定の構造を有し、上記酸発生剤成分(B)が特定の構造を有するレジスト組成物を開示している。
In the manufacturing process of semiconductor devices such as ICs (Integrated Circuits, integrated circuits) and LSIs (Large Scale Integrated Circuits, large-scale integrated circuits), microfabrication by lithography using a photosensitive composition is performed.
Examples of the lithography method include a method of forming a resist film with a photosensitive composition, exposing the obtained film, and then developing the film. In particular, in recent years, studies have been made on the use of EB (Electron Beam) and EUV (Extreme ultraviolet) light for exposure.
Patent Document 1 is a resist composition containing a base material component (A) whose solubility in a developing solution is changed by the action of an acid and an acid generator component (B) that generates an acid by exposure. A resist composition in which the component (A) has a specific structure and the acid generator component (B) has a specific structure is disclosed.
日本国特開2012-203261号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-203261 日本国特開2012-208200号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-208200
 近年、EB、EUV光を用いて形成されるパターンの超微細化が求められており、例えば、ラインアンドスペースパターンの形成において、ライン部の線幅を可能な限り小さくしたり、隣接するライン部の線幅を大きくして、ライン部間の間隔を可能な限り小さくしたりすることが求められる場合がある。
 このような要請に対応するためには、一般的には、パターンを形成するためのレジスト組成物の組成を調整することが考えられるが、得られるパターンのラフネス性能を確保しつつ、線幅が極微小とされたパターンや、隣接するライン部の間隔が極微小とされたパターンを解像することは非常に困難であった。
 なお上記特許文献2に記載されているポジ型感光性組成物が知られているが、EB、EUV光を用いて形成されるパターンの超微細化が行われるものではなかった。
In recent years, ultra-miniaturization of patterns formed using EB and EUV light has been required. For example, in the formation of line-and-space patterns, the line width of the line portion may be made as small as possible, or the adjacent line portion may be formed. In some cases, it may be required to increase the line width of the line and make the space between the lines as small as possible.
In order to meet such a demand, it is generally considered to adjust the composition of the resist composition for forming the pattern, but the line width is increased while ensuring the roughness performance of the obtained pattern. It has been very difficult to resolve a pattern in which the distance between adjacent lines is extremely small or a pattern in which the distance between adjacent lines is extremely small.
Although the positive photosensitive composition described in Patent Document 2 is known, the pattern formed by using EB and EUV light has not been miniaturized.
 そこで本発明は、倒れ前線幅を低減でき、ブリッジ前線幅を増大でき、解像性のマージンに優れ、更にラフネス性能に優れるパターンを形成できる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することを課題とする。
 また、本発明は、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することを課題とする。
Therefore, the present invention provides a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of reducing the collapse front width, increasing the bridge front width, excellent resolution margin, and forming a pattern excellent in roughness performance. That is the issue.
Another object of the present invention is to provide a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device with respect to the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. ..
 本発明者らは、以下の構成により上記課題を解決できることを見出した。 The present inventors have found that the above problems can be solved by the following configuration.
[1]
(A)下記一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び下記一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つと芳香族基とを有する繰り返し単位(a1)を含む樹脂と、
(B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物、
とを含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
 上記樹脂(A)が、エポキシ基及び/又はオキセタニル基を有する繰り返し単位を有さない、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[1]
(A) A resin containing a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1a) and a repeating unit (a1) having at least one of the partial structures represented by the following general formula (1b) and an aromatic group.
(B) Compounds that generate acid by irradiation with active light or radiation,
A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing
A light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in which the resin (A) does not have a repeating unit having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
 上記一般式(1a)中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 *は、結合位置を表す。
 上記一般式(1b)中、
 Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 *は、結合位置を表す。
In the above general formula (1a),
R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
* Represents the bond position.
In the above general formula (1b),
R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
* Represents the bond position.
[2]
 上記繰繰り返し単位(a1)が、下記一般式(2a)又は一般式(2b)で表される、[1]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[2]
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [1], wherein the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the following general formula (2a) or general formula (2b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
 
 上記一般式(2a)中、
 Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は有機基を表す。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 R21及びR22は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。R21とR22は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR21は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR22は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
 X、Y、Z、R21及びR22の少なくとも一つは芳香族基を含む。
 上記一般式(2b)中、
 Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は有機基を表す。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 R23は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 R24は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR23は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR24は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
 X、Y、Z、R23及びR24の少なくとも一つは芳香族基を含む。
In the above general formula (2a),
X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
Y 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z 1 represents a single bond or (n 1 + 1) valent linking group.
R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 21 and R 22 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more. When n 1 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 22s may be the same or different.
At least one of X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , R 21 and R 22 contains an aromatic group.
In the above general formula (2b),
X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z 2 represents a single bond or (n 2 + 1) valent linking group.
R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 24 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more. When n 2 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 23s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 24s may be the same or different.
At least one of X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 , R 23 and R 24 contains an aromatic group.
[3]
 上記一般式(2a)又は一般式(2b)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位である、[2]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[3]
The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin according to [2], wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2a) or the general formula (2b) is the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3). Composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
 
 上記一般式(3)中、
 Xは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、シアノ基を表す。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 Arは芳香族基を表す。
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 R31及びR32は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。R31とR32は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 nは1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR31は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR32は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
In the above general formula (3),
X 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
Y 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar represents an aromatic group.
Z 3 represents a single bond or (n + 1) valent linking group.
R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 31 and R 32 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 31s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 32s may be the same or different.
[4]
 樹脂(A)中の上記繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量が、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して10モル%以上である[1]~[3]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[4]
The feeling according to any one of [1] to [3], wherein the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) is 10 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). Active ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition.
[5]
 上記繰り返し単位(a1)、及び上記繰り返し単位(a1)以外の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つが、酸分解性基を有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[5]
The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive radiation according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein at least one of the repeating unit (a1) and the repeating unit other than the repeating unit (a1) has an acid-degradable group. Sex resin composition.
[6]
 上記一般式(3)中のYが、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR-を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す、[3]~[5]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[6]
Y 3 in the general formula (3) is a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 6 - represents, R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, [3] to any one of [5] The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to.
[7]
 上記一般式(3)中のR31及びR32が、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基、を表す、[3]~[6]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[7]
R 31 and R 32 in the above general formula (3) independently form a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group. The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [3] to [6].
[8]
 上記一般式(3)が下記一般式(4)で表される、[3]~[7]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[8]
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [3] to [7], wherein the general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
 
 一般式(4)中、
 Xは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、シアノ基を表す。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 R41は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基を表す。
In general formula (4),
X 4 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
Y 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
R 41 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group.
[9]
 上記一般式(4)中のR41が、アルキルカルボニル基又はアリールカルボニル基を表す、[8]に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。[10]
 上記組成物がレジスト組成物である、[1]~[9]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
[11]
 [1]~[10]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。
[9]
The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to [8], wherein R 41 in the general formula (4) represents an alkylcarbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group. [10]
The actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [9], wherein the composition is a resist composition.
[11]
A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed by using the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10].
[12]
 [1]~[10]のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
 上記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
 現像液を用いて、上記露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程と、を有するパターン形成方法。
[13]
 [12]に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
[12]
A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of [1] to [10].
The process of exposing the resist film and
A pattern forming method comprising a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution to form a pattern.
[13]
A method for manufacturing an electronic device, which comprises the pattern forming method according to [12].
 本発明によれば、倒れ前線幅を低減でき、ブリッジ前線幅を増大でき、解像性のマージンに優れ、更にラフネス性能に優れるパターンを形成できる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, there is provided a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of reducing the collapse front width, increasing the bridge front width, excellent resolution margin, and forming a pattern excellent in roughness performance. can do.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device with respect to the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. ..
 以下に、本発明を実施するための形態の一例を説明する。
 なお、本明細書において「~」を用いて表される数値範囲は、「~」の前後に記載される数値を下限値及び上限値として含む範囲を意味する。
Hereinafter, an example of a mode for carrying out the present invention will be described.
The numerical range represented by using "-" in the present specification means a range including the numerical values before and after "-" as the lower limit value and the upper limit value.
 本明細書において、ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 In the present specification, examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 本明細書において表記される2価の基の結合方向は、特に断らない限り制限されない。例えば、「X-Y-Z」なる一般式で表される化合物中の、Yが-COO-である場合、Yは、-CO-O-であってもよく、-O-CO-であってもよい。また、上記化合物は「X-CO-O-Z」であってもよく「X-O-CO-Z」であってもよい。 The bonding direction of the divalent group described in the present specification is not limited unless otherwise specified. For example, when Y is -COO- in the compound represented by the general formula "XYZ", Y may be -CO-O-, and is -O-CO-. You may. Moreover, the said compound may be "X-CO-O-Z" or "X-O-CO-Z".
 本明細書における、「(メタ)アクリル」とは、アクリル及びメタクリルを含む総称であり、「アクリル及びメタクリルの少なくとも1種」を意味する。同様に「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、「アクリル酸及びメタクリル酸の少なくとも1種」を意味する。 In the present specification, "(meth) acrylic" is a general term including acrylic and methacrylic, and means "at least one of acrylic and methacrylic". Similarly, "(meth) acrylic acid" means "at least one of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid".
 本明細書中における「活性光線」又は「放射線」とは、例えば、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線(EUV光: ExtremeUltraviolet)、X線、及び電子線(EB:Electron Beam)等を意味する。本明細書中における「光」とは、活性光線又は放射線を意味する。
 本明細書中における「露光」とは、特に断らない限り、水銀灯の輝線スペクトル、エキシマレーザーに代表される遠紫外線、極紫外線、X線、及びEUV光等による露光のみならず、電子線、及びイオンビーム等の粒子線による描画も含む。
As used herein, the term "active ray" or "radiation" refers to, for example, the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by an excimer laser, extreme ultraviolet rays (EUV light: Extreme Ultraviolet), X-rays, and electron beams (EB:). It means Electron Beam) and the like. As used herein, the term "light" means active light or radiation.
Unless otherwise specified, the term "exposure" as used herein refers to not only exposure to the emission line spectrum of a mercury lamp, far ultraviolet rays typified by excimer lasers, extreme ultraviolet rays, X-rays, EUV light, etc., but also electron beams and It also includes drawing with particle beams such as ion beams.
 本明細書において、樹脂の重量平均分子量(Mw)、数平均分子量(Mn)、及び分散度(分子量分布ともいう)(Mw/Mn)は、GPC(Gel Permeation Chromatography)装置(東ソー製HLC-8120GPC)によるGPC測定(溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン、流量(サンプル注入量):10μL、カラム:東ソー社製TSK gel Multipore HXL-M、カラム温度:40℃、流速:1.0mL/分、検出器:示差屈折率検出器(Refractive Index Detector))によるポリスチレン換算値として定義される。 In the present specification, the weight average molecular weight (Mw), number average molecular weight (Mn), and degree of dispersion (also referred to as molecular weight distribution) (Mw / Mn) of the resin are GPC (Gel Permeation Chromatography) apparatus (HLC-8120GPC manufactured by Toso). ) GPC measurement (solvent: tetrahydrofuran, flow rate (sample injection amount): 10 μL, column: TSK gel Multipore HXL-M manufactured by Toso Co., Ltd., column temperature: 40 ° C., flow velocity: 1.0 mL / min, detector: differential refractometer It is defined as a polystyrene-equivalent value by a detector (Refractive Index Detector).
 1Åは1×10-10mである。 1 Å is 1 x 10-10 m.
 本明細書において酸解離定数(pKa)とは、水溶液中でのpKaを表し、具体的には、下記ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を、計算により求められる値である。本明細書中に記載したpKaの値は、全て、このソフトウェアパッケージを用いて計算により求めた値を示す。 In the present specification, the acid dissociation constant (pKa) represents pKa in an aqueous solution, and specifically, using the following software package 1, a value based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values is used. , It is a value obtained by calculation. All pKa values described herein indicate values calculated using this software package.
 ソフトウェアパッケージ1:Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD/Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris(1994-2007 ACD/Labs)。 Software Package 1: Advanced Chemistry Development (ACD / Labs) Software V8.14 for Solaris (1994-2007 ACD / Labors).
 一方で、pKaは、分子軌道計算法によっても求められる。この具体的な方法としては、熱力学サイクルに基づいて、溶媒中におけるH解離自由エネルギーを計算して算出する手法が挙げられる。(なお、本明細書において、上記溶媒としては、通常は水を使用し、水ではpKaを求められない場合にはDMSO(ジメチルスルホキシド)を使用する。)
 H解離自由エネルギーの計算方法については、例えばDFT(密度汎関数法)により計算できるが、他にも様々な手法が文献等で報告されており、これに制限されるものではない。なお、DFTを実施できるソフトウェアは複数存在するが、例えば、Gaussian16が挙げられる。
On the other hand, pKa can also be obtained by the molecular orbital calculation method. As a specific method for this, there is a method of calculating H + dissociation free energy in a solvent based on a thermodynamic cycle. (In the present specification, water is usually used as the solvent, and DMSO (dimethyl sulfoxide) is used when pKa cannot be obtained with water.)
The calculation method of H + dissociation free energy can be calculated by, for example, DFT (density functional theory), but various other methods have been reported in the literature and are not limited thereto. There are a plurality of software that can perform DFT, and examples thereof include Gaussian16.
 本明細書中のpKaとは、上述した通り、ソフトウェアパッケージ1を用いて、ハメットの置換基定数及び公知文献値のデータベースに基づいた値を計算により求められる値を指すが、この手法によりpKaが算出できない場合には、DFT(密度汎関数法)に基づいてGaussian16により得られる値を採用するものとする。 As described above, pKa in the present specification refers to a value obtained by calculation based on a database of Hammett's substituent constants and known literature values using software package 1. If it cannot be calculated, the value obtained by Gaussian 16 based on DFT (Density Functional Theory) shall be adopted.
 本明細書中における基(原子団)の表記について、置換及び無置換を記していない表記は、置換基を有さない基と共に置換基を有する基をも包含する。例えば、「アルキル基」とは、置換基を有さないアルキル基(無置換アルキル基)のみならず、置換基を有するアルキル基(置換アルキル基)をも包含する。また、本明細書中における「有機基」とは、少なくとも1個の炭素原子を含む基をいう。 Regarding the notation of a group (atomic group) in the present specification, the notation that does not describe substitution or non-substituent includes a group having a substituent as well as a group having no substituent. For example, the "alkyl group" includes not only an alkyl group having no substituent (unsubstituted alkyl group) but also an alkyl group having a substituent (substituted alkyl group). Further, the "organic group" in the present specification means a group containing at least one carbon atom.
 また、本明細書において、「置換基を有していてもよい」というときの置換基の種類、置換基の位置、及び、置換基の数は特に限定されない。置換基の数は例えば、1つ、2つ、3つ、又はそれ以上であってもよい。置換基の例としては水素原子を除く1価の非金属原子団を挙げることができ、例えば、以下の置換基Tから選択することができる。 Further, in the present specification, the type of the substituent, the position of the substituent, and the number of the substituents when "may have a substituent" are not particularly limited. The number of substituents may be, for example, one, two, three, or more. Examples of the substituent include a monovalent non-metal atomic group excluding a hydrogen atom, and for example, the following substituent T can be selected.
(置換基T)
 置換基Tとしては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子及びヨウ素原子等のハロゲン原子;メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びtert-ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェノキシ基及びp-トリルオキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;メトキシカルボニル基、ブトキシカルボニル基及びフェノキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;アセトキシ基、プロピオニルオキシ基及びベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;アセチル基、ベンゾイル基、イソブチリル基、アクリロイル基、メタクリロイル基及びメトキサリル基等のアシル基;メチルスルファニル基及びtert-ブチルスルファニル基等のアルキルスルファニル基;フェニルスルファニル基及びp-トリルスルファニル基等のアリールスルファニル基;アルキル基;シクロアルキル基;アリール基;ヘテロアリール基;水酸基;カルボキシ基;ホルミル基;スルホ基;シアノ基;アルキルアミノカルボニル基;アリールアミノカルボニル基;スルホンアミド基;シリル基;アミノ基;モノアルキルアミノ基;ジアルキルアミノ基;アリールアミノ基、ニトロ基;ホルミル基;並びにこれらの組み合わせが挙げられる。
(Substituent T)
The substituent T includes a halogen atom such as a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom; an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a tert-butoxy group; an aryloxy group such as a phenoxy group and a p-tolyloxy group; Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as methoxycarbonyl group, butoxycarbonyl group and phenoxycarbonyl group; acyloxy groups such as acetoxy group, propionyloxy group and benzoyloxy group; acetyl group, benzoyl group, isobutyryl group, acryloyl group, methacryloyl group and metoxalyl group and the like. Acrylic groups; alkylsulfanyl groups such as methylsulfanyl group and tert-butylsulfanyl group; arylsulfanyl groups such as phenylsulfanyl group and p-tolylsulfonyl group; alkyl groups; cycloalkyl groups; aryl groups; heteroaryl groups; hydroxyl groups; Carboxy group; formyl group; sulfo group; cyano group; alkylaminocarbonyl group; arylaminocarbonyl group; sulfonamide group; silyl group; amino group; monoalkylamino group; dialkylamino group; arylamino group, nitro group; formyl group ; And combinations of these.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物]
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、「レジスト組成物」とも言う)について説明する。
 本発明のレジスト組成物は、ポジ型のレジスト組成物であっても、ネガ型のレジスト組成物であってもよい。また、アルカリ現像用のレジスト組成物であっても、有機溶剤現像用のレジスト組成物であってもよい。
 本発明の組成物は、典型的には、化学増幅型のレジスト組成物である。
[Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention (hereinafter, also referred to as “resist composition”) will be described.
The resist composition of the present invention may be a positive type resist composition or a negative type resist composition. Further, it may be a resist composition for alkaline development or a resist composition for organic solvent development.
The composition of the present invention is typically a chemically amplified resist composition.
 本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、(A)後述する一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び後述する一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つと芳香族基とを有する繰り返し単位(a1)を含む樹脂と、(B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物と含む。
 このような構成によれば、倒れ前線幅を低減でき、ブリッジ前線幅を増大でき、解像性のマージンに優れ、更にラフネス性能に優れるパターンを形成できる。
 ここで、「倒れ前線幅」とは、ライン部が倒れることなく形成(解像)できる線幅を意味する。
 「ブリッジ前線幅」とは、隣接するライン部が接触することなく形成(解像)できる線幅を意味する。
 「解像性のマージン」とは、ブリッジ前線幅から倒れ前線幅を引いた値を意味する。この値が大きいほど、解像性の許容度(ライン部における形成可能な線幅の範囲)が大きくなり、優れていることを意味する。
 本発明が上記効果を発現できるメカニズムは必ずしも明らかではないが、本発明者らは以下のように考えている。
The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention includes (A) at least one of a partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) described later and a partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later. It contains a resin containing a repeating unit (a1) having an aromatic group, and (B) a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with active light or radiation.
According to such a configuration, the collapse front width can be reduced, the bridge front width can be increased, the margin of resolution is excellent, and a pattern having excellent roughness performance can be formed.
Here, the "falling front width" means a line width that can be formed (resolved) without the line portion falling.
The "bridge front width" means a line width that can be formed (resolved) without contacting adjacent line portions.
The “resolution margin” means the value obtained by subtracting the collapse front width from the bridge front width. The larger this value is, the larger the tolerance of resolution (the range of the line width that can be formed in the line portion) is, which means that the value is excellent.
The mechanism by which the present invention can exert the above effects is not always clear, but the present inventors consider it as follows.
 先ず、本発明の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物は、樹脂(A)が後述する一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び後述する一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つと芳香族基とを有する繰り返し単位(a1)を含む。
 ここで、一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び後述する一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つは、極性が非常に高いスルホンアミド基を有している。そのため、上記組成物から形成される感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜と基板との表面エネルギーの差は小さいものとなるため、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜と基板との密着性が向上し、ライン部のライン幅を極微小としても、ライン部は倒れにくくなるものと推測される。
 ところで、高極性基としてのスルホンアミド基は、上記のように、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜と基板との密着性を向上させるものではあるが、一方で、露光部と未露光部との間の現像液に対する溶解コントラストは低下させてしまう傾向があるものと考えられる。
First, in the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition of the present invention, the resin (A) has a partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) described later and a partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later. Includes a repeating unit (a1) having at least one of and an aromatic group.
Here, at least one of the partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) and the partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later has a sulfonamide group having a very high polarity. Therefore, the difference in surface energy between the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed from the above composition and the substrate is small, so that the adhesion between the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and the substrate is improved. However, even if the line width of the line portion is extremely small, it is presumed that the line portion is unlikely to fall down.
By the way, the sulfonamide group as a highly polar group improves the adhesion between the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film and the substrate as described above, but on the other hand, the exposed portion and the unexposed portion It is considered that the dissolution contrast with respect to the developing solution during the period tends to decrease.
 具体的には、アルカリ現像液を用いたポジ型パターン形成の場合、未露光部においてもスルホンアミド基により高極性化されてしまう(未露光部がアルカリ現像液により溶解されやすい状態となる)ことにより、上記溶解コントラストが低下し、ひいては、ライン部の線幅が極微小とされたパターンを形成することは難しくなる。また隣接するライン部の間隔が極微小とされたパターンを形成することも難しくなる(隣接するライン部の線幅を大きくして、ライン部間の間隔を可能な限り小さくしようとしても、上記溶解コントラストの低下により、ライン部とライン部との間を、アルカリ現像液により溶解させることが難しく、ライン部とライン部とが繋がり(ブリッジし)やすくなるため)。また、有機系現像液を用いたネガ型パターン形成の場合、未露光部においてもスルホンアミド基により高極性化されてしまう(未露光部が有機系現像液により溶解されにくい状態となる)ことにより、上記溶解コントラストが低下し、ひいては、ライン部の線幅が極微小とされたパターンを形成することは難しくなる。また隣接するライン部の間隔が極微小とされたパターンを形成することも難しくなる(隣接するライン部の線幅を大きくして、ライン部間の間隔を可能な限り小さくしようとしても、上記溶解コントラストの低下により、未露光部を有機系現像液により溶解させることが難しく、ライン部とライン部とが繋がって(ブリッジして)しまうため)。 Specifically, in the case of forming a positive pattern using an alkaline developer, the unexposed portion is also highly polarized by the sulfonamide group (the unexposed portion is easily dissolved by the alkaline developer). As a result, the dissolution contrast is lowered, and it becomes difficult to form a pattern in which the line width of the line portion is extremely small. In addition, it becomes difficult to form a pattern in which the spacing between adjacent line portions is extremely small (even if the line width of the adjacent line portions is increased to make the spacing between the line portions as small as possible, the above dissolution Due to the decrease in contrast, it is difficult to dissolve the line portion and the line portion with an alkaline developer, and the line portion and the line portion are easily connected (bridged)). Further, in the case of forming a negative pattern using an organic developer, the unexposed portion is also highly polarized by the sulfonamide group (the unexposed portion becomes difficult to be dissolved by the organic developer). As a result, the dissolution contrast is lowered, and it becomes difficult to form a pattern in which the line width of the line portion is extremely small. In addition, it becomes difficult to form a pattern in which the spacing between adjacent line portions is extremely small (even if the line width of the adjacent line portions is increased to make the spacing between the line portions as small as possible, the above dissolution Due to the decrease in contrast, it is difficult to dissolve the unexposed part with an organic developer, and the line part and the line part are connected (bridged) (because).
 しかしながら、高極性のスルホンアミド基に炭素数の多いアルキル基のような疎水基を付与して溶解コントラストを維持しようとすると、前述の密着性向上の効果が損なわれ、線幅が極微小のパターンを解像することはできなかった。鋭意検討を重ねた結果、スルホンアミド基と芳香族基を含む上記繰り返し単位を有する樹脂(A)が、密着性向上と溶解コントラスト低下の抑制を両立できることを見出した。芳香族基は、疎水性基ではあるが、分子間相互作用が強く表面エネルギーが大きいことが要因と推測している。
 以上のように、基板との高い密着性によりライン部が倒れにくく、更に、露光部と未露光部との間の現像液に対する溶解コントラストが損なわれないことにより、本発明の構成によれば、倒れ前線幅を低減できるものと考えられる。
However, if a hydrophobic group such as an alkyl group having a large number of carbon atoms is added to a highly polar sulfonamide group to maintain the dissolution contrast, the above-mentioned effect of improving the adhesion is impaired and the line width is a very minute pattern. Could not be resolved. As a result of repeated diligent studies, it was found that the resin (A) having the above repeating unit containing a sulfonamide group and an aromatic group can achieve both improvement in adhesion and suppression of decrease in dissolution contrast. Although the aromatic group is a hydrophobic group, it is presumed that the factor is that the intermolecular interaction is strong and the surface energy is large.
As described above, according to the configuration of the present invention, the line portion is less likely to fall due to the high adhesion to the substrate, and the dissolution contrast between the exposed portion and the unexposed portion with respect to the developing solution is not impaired. It is considered that the fall front width can be reduced.
 また、上述の通り、露光部と未露光部との間の現像液に対する溶解コントラストが損なわれないことにより、本発明によれば、ブリッジ前線幅を増大できるものと考えられる。
 以上の通り、本発明によれば、倒れ前線幅を低減できるとともに、ブリッジ前線幅を増大できる。その結果、ブリッジ前線幅と倒れ前線幅との差に対応する露光マージンも優れたものと考えらえる。
Further, as described above, it is considered that the bridge front width can be increased according to the present invention because the dissolution contrast of the exposed portion and the unexposed portion with respect to the developing solution is not impaired.
As described above, according to the present invention, the fall front width can be reduced and the bridge front width can be increased. As a result, it is considered that the exposure margin corresponding to the difference between the bridge front width and the collapse front width is also excellent.
 また、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(B)(以下、単に光酸発生剤とも言う)、光酸発生剤が極性基を有したり、イオン性化合物であったりするなどして、光酸発生剤同士で、凝集しやすい傾向にある。
 しかしながら、本発明においては、樹脂(A)に含まれる高極性基としてのスルホンアミド基が、光酸発生剤と相互作用することにより、上述の光酸発生剤の凝集を抑制できる。そのため、感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜には、光酸発生剤がより均一に含有されており、ひいては、露光部内において、光酸発生剤から発生した酸と、樹脂との反応が、より均一に行われることから、更にラフネス性能に優れたものと考えられる。
Further, the compound (B) that generates an acid by irradiation with active light or radiation (hereinafter, also simply referred to as a photoacid generator), the photoacid generator may have a polar group, or may be an ionic compound. Therefore, the photoacid generators tend to agglomerate with each other.
However, in the present invention, the sulfonamide group as a highly polar group contained in the resin (A) can suppress the aggregation of the photoacid generator described above by interacting with the photoacid generator. Therefore, the photoacid generator is more uniformly contained in the actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and as a result, the reaction between the acid generated from the photoacid generator and the resin in the exposed portion becomes more uniform. Since it is performed uniformly, it is considered that the roughness performance is further excellent.
〔レジスト組成物の成分〕
 以下、レジスト組成物が含み得る成分について詳述する。
[Components of resist composition]
Hereinafter, the components that can be contained in the resist composition will be described in detail.
<(A)下記一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び下記一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つと芳香族基とを有する繰り返し単位(a1)を含む樹脂>
 レジスト組成物は、(A)後述の一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び後述の一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つと芳香族基とを有する繰り返し単位(a1)を含む樹脂(以下、「樹脂(A)」ともいう)を含有する。
 上記樹脂(A)は、がエポキシ基及び/又はオキセタニル基を有する繰り返し単位を有さない。
<(A) Resin containing a repeating unit (a1) having at least one of a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1a) and a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1b) and an aromatic group>
The resist composition is a repeating unit (a1) having (A) at least one of a partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) described later and a partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) described later, and an aromatic group. Contains a resin containing (hereinafter, also referred to as "resin (A)").
The resin (A) does not have a repeating unit having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group.
(上記一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び上記一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つと芳香族基とを有する繰り返し単位(a1))(以下、「繰り返し単位(a1)」ともいう)
 樹脂(A)は、下記一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び下記一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つと芳香族基とを有する繰り返し単位(a1)を含む。
(Repeating unit (a1) having at least one of the partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) and the partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) and an aromatic group) (hereinafter, "repeating unit (a1)". ) ”)
The resin (A) contains a repeating unit (a1) having at least one of the partial structure represented by the following general formula (1a) and the partial structure represented by the following general formula (1b) and an aromatic group.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
 上記一般式(1a)中、
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 *は、結合位置を表す。
 上記一般式(1b)中、
 Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 *は、結合位置を表す。
In the above general formula (1a),
R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
* Represents the bond position.
In the above general formula (1b),
R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
* Represents the bond position.
 R及びRとしての有機基は、特に限定されないが、具体的には、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、ヘテロアリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基が挙げられる。 The organic group as R 1 and R 2 is not particularly limited, but specifically, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, a heteroaryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group. The group is mentioned.
 アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~15であることがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であることが好ましく、炭素数5~15であることがより好ましい。
 アリール基は、炭素数6~20であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15であることがより好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基は、炭素数4~20であることが好ましく、炭素数4~15であることがより好ましい。
 アルキルカルボニル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数2~20であることが好ましく、炭素数2~15であることがより好ましい。
 アリールカルボニル基は、炭素数7~20であることが好ましく、炭素数7~15であることがより好ましい。
 アルキルスルホニル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~15であることがより好ましい。
 アリールスルホニル基は、炭素数6~20であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15であることがより好ましい。
The alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryl group preferably has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms.
The alkylcarbonyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 2 to 15 carbon atoms.
The arylcarbonyl group preferably has 7 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 7 to 15 carbon atoms.
The alkylsulfonyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
The arylsulfonyl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
 上記有機基は、酸分解性基を有していてもよい。酸分解性基としては、後述の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位における酸分解性基として記載したものを挙げることができる。 The organic group may have an acid-decomposable group. Examples of the acid-decomposable group include those described as the acid-decomposable group in the repeating unit having the acid-decomposable group described later.
 上記有機基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基は特に限定されないが、上記置換基Tが好ましく、水酸基、カルボキシ基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、及びこれらの組み合わせが更に好ましい。
 R、Rは、少なくともどちらか一方が水素原子であることが好ましく、どちらか一方が水素原子であることがより好ましい。
The organic group may further have a substituent. The further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable, and a hydroxyl group, a carboxy group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, and a combination thereof are further preferable.
At least one of R 1 and R 2 is preferably a hydrogen atom, and more preferably one of them is a hydrogen atom.
 Rとしての有機基は、特に限定されないが、具体的には、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~15であることがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であることが好ましく、炭素数5~15であることがより好ましい。
 アリール基は、炭素数6~20であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15であることがより好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基は、炭素数4~20であることが好ましく、炭素数4~15であることがより好ましい。
The organic group as R 3 is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryl group preferably has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms.
 上記有機基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基は特に限定されないが、上記置換基Tが好ましい。 The organic group may further have a substituent. The further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable.
 Rとしての有機基は、特に限定されないが、具体的には、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又はヘテロアリール基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~15であることがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であることが好ましく、炭素数5~15であることがより好ましい。
 アリール基は、炭素数6~20であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15であることがより好ましい。
 ヘテロアリール基は、炭素数4~20であることが好ましく、炭素数4~15であることがより好ましい。
The organic group as R 4 is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, and a heteroaryl group.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
The heteroaryl group preferably has 4 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 4 to 15 carbon atoms.
 上記有機基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基は特に限定されないが、上記置換基Tが好ましい。 The organic group may further have a substituent. The further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable.
 繰り返し単位(a1)は、芳香族基を有する。
 芳香族基を構成する芳香環は、特に限定されないが、例えば、炭素数1~20の芳香環が挙げられ、具体的には、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、アントラセン環、チオフェン環等を挙げることができる。ベンゼン環又はナフタレン環であることが好ましく、ベンゼン環であることがより好ましい。
The repeating unit (a1) has an aromatic group.
The aromatic ring constituting the aromatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an aromatic ring having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and specific examples thereof include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, an anthracene ring, and a thiophene ring. it can. It is preferably a benzene ring or a naphthalene ring, and more preferably a benzene ring.
 上記芳香族基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基は特に限定されないが、上記置換基Tが好ましい。 The aromatic group may further have a substituent. The further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable.
 繰り返し単位(a1)は、上記一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び上記一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つを側鎖上に有することが好ましい。 The repeating unit (a1) preferably has at least one of the partial structure represented by the general formula (1a) and the partial structure represented by the general formula (1b) on the side chain.
 上記繰り返し単位(a1)は、下記一般式(2a)又は一般式(2b)で表されることが好ましい。 The repeating unit (a1) is preferably represented by the following general formula (2a) or general formula (2b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
 上記一般式(2a)中、
 Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は有機基を表す。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 R21及びR22は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。R21とR22は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR21は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR22は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
 X、Y、Z、R21及びR22の少なくとも一つは芳香族基を含む。
 上記一般式(2b)中、
 Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は有機基を表す。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 R23は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 R24は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR23は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR24は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
 X、Y、Z、R23及びR24の少なくとも一つは芳香族基を含む。
In the above general formula (2a),
X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
Y 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z 1 represents a single bond or (n 1 + 1) valent linking group.
R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 21 and R 22 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more. When n 1 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 22s may be the same or different.
At least one of X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , R 21 and R 22 contains an aromatic group.
In the above general formula (2b),
X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Z 2 represents a single bond or (n 2 + 1) valent linking group.
R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
R 24 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more. When n 2 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 23s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 24s may be the same or different.
At least one of X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 , R 23 and R 24 contains an aromatic group.
 Xとしての有機基は、特に限定されないが、具体的には、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はアリール基が挙げられる。
 アルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~15であることがより好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、単環又は多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であることが好ましく、炭素数5~15であることがより好ましい。
 アリール基は、炭素数6~20であることが好ましく、炭素数6~15であることがより好ましい。
The organic group as X 1 is not particularly limited, and specific examples thereof include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and an aryl group.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 15 carbon atoms.
The aryl group preferably has 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
 上記有機基は、さらに置換基を有していてもよい。更なる置換基は特に限定されないが、上記置換基Tが好ましい。 The organic group may further have a substituent. The further substituent is not particularly limited, but the above-mentioned Substituent T is preferable.
 Yとしての2価の連結基は、特に限定されないが、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、芳香族基、-CO-、-COO-、-SO-、-SO-、-CONR-、及びこれらを2つ以上組み合わせてなる基を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10であることが更に好ましい。
 シクロアルキレン基は、単環でも多環でもよく、炭素数3~20であることが好ましく、炭素数3~10であることが更に好ましい。
 芳香族基は、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が好ましく、6~15の芳香族基が更に好ましい。
 Rとしてのアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状でもよく、炭素数1~20であることが好ましく、炭素数1~10であることがより好ましい。
The divalent linking group as Y 1 is not particularly limited, but is limited to an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an aromatic group, -CO-, -COO-, -SO-, -SO 2- , -CONR 5- , and. these represent two or more combination comprising group, R 5 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and even more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and preferably has 3 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 3 to 10 carbon atoms.
As the aromatic group, an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms is preferable, and an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The alkyl group as R 5 may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 Zの(n+1)価の連結基としては、例えば、上記のYとしての2価の連結基から、(n-1)個の水素原子を除去してなる基を挙げることができる。
Z 1 represents a single bond or (n 1 + 1) valent linking group.
The linking group of (n 1 +1) valent Z 1, for example, from the divalent linking group as Y 1 in the above, be a group formed by removing (n 1 -1) hydrogen atoms it can.
 R21及びR22は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 R21及びR22としての有機基は、R及びRとして記載した有機基と同様である。
R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
The organic groups as R 21 and R 22 are the same as the organic groups described as R 1 and R 2.
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nの上限値は特に限定されないが、5以下が好ましい。
 nは、更に好ましくは1~2の整数である。
 X、Y、Z、R21及びR22の少なくとも一つは芳香族基を含む。
n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n 1 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or less.
n 1 is more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
At least one of X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , R 21 and R 22 contains an aromatic group.
 Xとしての有機基は、Xとして記載した有機基と同様である。
 Yとしての2価の連結基は、Yとして記載した2価の連結基と同様である。
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 Zの(n+1)価の連結基としては、例えば、上記のYとしての2価の連結基から、(n-1)個の水素原子を除去してなる基を挙げることができる。
 R23としての有機基は、Rとして記載した有機基と同様である。
 R24としての有機基は、Rとして記載した有機基と同様である。
The organic group as X 2 is the same as the organic group described as X 1.
The divalent linking group as Y 2 is the same as the divalent linking group described as Y 1.
Z 2 represents a single bond or (n 2 + 1) valent linking group.
Z The 2 (n 2 +1) -valent linking group, for example, from the divalent linking group as described above for Y 2, be a group formed by removing (n 2 -1) hydrogen atoms it can.
The organic group as R 23 is the same as the organic group described as R 3.
The organic group as R 24 is the same as the organic group described as R 4.
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nの上限値は特に限定されないが、5以下が好ましい。
 nは、更に好ましくは1~2の整数である。
 X、Y、Z、R23及びR24の少なくとも一つは芳香族基を含む。
n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n 2 is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or less.
n 2 is more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
At least one of X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 , R 23 and R 24 contains an aromatic group.
 上記一般式(2a)又は一般式(2b)で表される繰り返し単位は、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (2a) or the general formula (2b) is preferably the repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
 上記一般式(3)中、
 Xは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、シアノ基を表す。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 Arは芳香族基を表す。
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 R31及びR32は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。R31とR32は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
 nは1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR31は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR32は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
In the above general formula (3),
X 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
Y 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Ar represents an aromatic group.
Z 3 represents a single bond or (n + 1) valent linking group.
R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 31 and R 32 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 31s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 32s may be the same or different.
 Xとしてのアルキル基は、Xの有機基として記載したアルキル基と同様である。
 Xとしてのシクロアルキル基は、Xの有機基として記載したシクロアルキル基と同様である。
The alkyl group as X 3 is similar to the alkyl group described as the organic group of X 1.
The cycloalkyl group as X 3 is similar to the cycloalkyl group described as the organic group of X 1.
 Xとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 Yとしての2価の連結基は、Yとして記載した2価の連結基と同様である。
 Arは芳香族基を表す。
 芳香族基は、2価の芳香族基であり、炭素数6~20の芳香族基が好ましく、炭素数6~15の芳香族基が更に好ましい。
 なお、Zが単結合を表し、かつnが2以上の整数を表す場合、Arは、(n+1)価の芳香族基を表し、具体的には、上記2価の芳香族基から(n-1)個の水素原子を除去してなる基である。
 Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
 Zの(n+1)価の連結基としては、例えば、上記のYとしての2価の連結基から、(n-1)個の水素原子を除去してなる基を挙げることができる。
 R31及びR32は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
 R31及びR32としての有機基は、R及びRとして記載した有機基と同様である。
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as X 3 may further have a substituent.
Y 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
The divalent linking group as Y 3 is the same as the divalent linking group described as Y 1.
Ar represents an aromatic group.
The aromatic group is a divalent aromatic group, preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, and more preferably an aromatic group having 6 to 15 carbon atoms.
When Z 3 represents a single bond and n represents an integer of 2 or more, Ar represents a (n + 1) -valent aromatic group, and specifically, from the above divalent aromatic group (n). -1) It is a group formed by removing 1 hydrogen atom.
Z 3 represents a single bond or (n + 1) valent linking group.
The (n + 1) -valent linking group of Z 3, for example, from the divalent linking group as described above for Y 3, it can be a group formed by removing (n-1) hydrogen atoms.
R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
The organic groups as R 31 and R 32 are the same as the organic groups described as R 1 and R 2.
 nは、1以上の整数を表す。nの上限値は特に限定されないが、5以下が好ましい。
 nは、更に好ましくは1~2の整数である。
 上記一般式(3)中のYが、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR-を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表すことが好ましい。
 上記一般式(3)中のZが、単結合を表すことが好ましい。
 上記一般式(3)中のR31及びR32が、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基を表すことが好ましい。
 R31及びR32としての、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基は、それぞれ、R及びRの有機基として記載した、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基と同様である。
n represents an integer of 1 or more. The upper limit of n is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5 or less.
n is more preferably an integer of 1 to 2.
It is preferable that Y 3 in the general formula (3) represents a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 6- , and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
It is preferable that Z 3 in the general formula (3) represents a single bond.
R 31 and R 32 in the above general formula (3) independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group, respectively. Is preferable.
Alkyl groups, cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, arylcarbonyl groups, alkylsulfonyl groups, or arylsulfonyl groups as R 31 and R 32 are described as organic groups of R 1 and R 2, respectively. Similar to alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, alkylcarbonyl, arylcarbonyl, alkylsulfonyl, or arylsulfonyl groups.
 R31及びR32としての、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, or arylsulfonyl group as R 31 and R 32 may further have a substituent.
 上記一般式(3)が下記一般式(4)で表されることが好ましい。 It is preferable that the above general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 一般式(4)中、
 Xは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、シアノ基を表す。
 Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
 R41は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基、を表す。
In general formula (4),
X 4 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
Y 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
R 41 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group.
 Xとしてのアルキル基は、Xの有機基として記載したアルキル基と同様である。
 Xとしてのシクロアルキル基は、Xの有機基として記載したシクロアルキル基と同様である。
 Xとしてのアルキル基、シクロアルキル基は更に置換基を有していてもよい。
The alkyl group as X 4 is similar to the alkyl group described as the organic group of X 1.
The cycloalkyl group as X 4 is similar to the cycloalkyl group described as the organic group of X 1.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group as X 4 may further have a substituent.
 Yとしての2価の連結基は、Yとして記載した2価の連結基と同様である。
 R41としての、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基は、それぞれ、R及びRの有機基として記載した、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基と同様である。
The divalent linking group as Y 4 is the same as the divalent linking group described as Y 1.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, aryl group, alkylcarbonyl group, arylcarbonyl group, alkylsulfonyl group, or arylsulfonyl group as R 41 are described as the organic groups of R 1 and R 2, respectively. Similar to cycloalkyl groups, aryl groups, alkylcarbonyl groups, arylcarbonyl groups, alkylsulfonyl groups, or arylsulfonyl groups.
 上記一般式(4)中のR41が、アルキルカルボニル基又はアリールカルボニル基を表すことが好ましい。 It is preferable that R 41 in the above general formula (4) represents an alkylcarbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group.
 樹脂(A)中の繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、7~60モル%であることが好ましく、10~50モル%であることが更に好ましく、15~50モル%であることが特に好ましい。
 好ましい一態様として、樹脂(A)中の繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10モル%以上であることが好ましい。
The content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) is preferably 7 to 60 mol%, more preferably 10 to 50 mol%, based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). , 15 to 50 mol% is particularly preferable.
As a preferred embodiment, the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) is preferably 10 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A).
 樹脂(A)において、繰り返し単位(a1)は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。 In the resin (A), the repeating unit (a1) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 繰り返し単位(a1)、及び上記繰り返し単位(a1)以外の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つが、酸分解性基を有することが好ましい。
 繰り返し単位(a1)が酸分解性基を有する場合の酸分解性基は、酸分解性基としては、後述の酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位における酸分解性基として記載したものを挙げることができる。
It is preferable that at least one of the repeating unit (a1) and the repeating unit other than the repeating unit (a1) has an acid-degradable group.
Examples of the acid-degradable group when the repeating unit (a1) has an acid-degradable group include those described as the acid-degradable group in the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group described later. it can.
 以下、繰り返し単位(a1)に該当する繰り返し単位を例示するが、本発明は、これらに限定されるものではない。 Hereinafter, the repeating unit corresponding to the repeating unit (a1) will be illustrated, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
(その他の繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、上記繰り返し単位(a1)以外の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよい。
(Other repeating units)
The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit other than the repeating unit (a1).
 上記樹脂(A)は、上記繰り返し単位(a1)を含んでおり、酸分解性樹脂であることが好ましい。
 樹脂(A)は、典型的には、酸の作用により極性が増大してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大し、有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する樹脂である。樹脂(A)は、酸の作用により分解して極性基を生じる基(言い換えると、酸の作用により脱離する脱離基で極性基が保護された構造)を有する。このような基(構造)を酸分解性基とも言う。酸分解性基を有する樹脂(つまり、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を有する樹脂)は、酸の作用により極性が増大してアルカリ現像液に対する溶解度が増大し、有機溶剤に対する溶解度が減少する。
The resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a1) and is preferably an acid-degradable resin.
The resin (A) is typically a resin in which the polarity is increased by the action of an acid, the solubility in an alkaline developer is increased, and the solubility in an organic solvent is decreased. The resin (A) has a group that decomposes by the action of an acid to generate a polar group (in other words, a structure in which the polar group is protected by a leaving group that is eliminated by the action of an acid). Such a group (structure) is also called an acid-degradable group. A resin having an acid-degradable group (that is, a resin having a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group) has an increased polarity due to the action of an acid, an increase in solubility in an alkaline developer, and a decrease in solubility in an organic solvent.
(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位(「繰り返し単位(a2)」ともいう。)を更に含んでいてもよい。
(Repeating unit with acid-degradable group)
The resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group (also referred to as “repeating unit (a2)”).
 酸分解性基は、極性基が酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)で保護された構造を有することが好ましい。
 極性基としては、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基、スルホン酸基、スルホンアミド基、スルホニルイミド基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、(アルキルスルホニル)(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルカルボニル)イミド基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド基、トリス(アルキルカルボニル)メチレン基、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチレン基等の酸性基(典型的には、2.38質量%テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液中で解離する基)、並びに、アルコール性水酸基等が挙げられる。
The acid-degradable group preferably has a structure in which the polar group is protected by a group (leaving group) that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
Examples of the polar group include a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group, a sulfonic acid group, a sulfonamide group, a sulfonylimide group, a (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and (alkylsulfonyl) (alkylcarbonyl). Imid group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylcarbonyl) imide group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) methylene group, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide group, tris (alkylcarbonyl) methylene group, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) Examples thereof include acidic groups such as methylene groups (typically, groups dissociating in a 2.38 mass% tetramethylammonium hydroxide aqueous solution), alcoholic hydroxyl groups and the like.
 なお、アルコール性水酸基とは、炭化水素基に結合した水酸基であって、芳香環上に直接結合した水酸基(フェノール性水酸基)以外の水酸基をいい、水酸基としてα位がフッ素原子などの電子求引性基で置換された脂肪族アルコール(例えば、ヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基など)は除く。アルコール性水酸基としては、pKa(酸解離定数)が12以上20以下の水酸基であることが好ましい。 The alcoholic hydroxyl group is a hydroxyl group bonded to a hydrocarbon group and refers to a hydroxyl group other than the hydroxyl group directly bonded on the aromatic ring (phenolic hydroxyl group), and the α-position of the hydroxyl group is electron attraction such as a fluorine atom. Excludes aliphatic alcohols substituted with sex groups (eg, hexafluoroisopropanol groups, etc.). The alcoholic hydroxyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group having a pKa (acid dissociation constant) of 12 or more and 20 or less.
 中でも、極性基としては、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、又は、スルホン酸基が好ましい。 Among them, as the polar group, a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), or a sulfonic acid group is preferable.
 酸の作用により脱離する基(脱離基)としては、例えば、式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられる。
式(Y1):-C(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
式(Y2):-C(=O)OC(Rx)(Rx)(Rx
式(Y3):-C(R36)(R37)(OR38
式(Y4):-C(Rn)(H)(Ar)
Examples of the group desorbed by the action of an acid (leaving group) include groups represented by the formulas (Y1) to (Y4).
Equation (Y1): -C (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 )
Equation (Y2): -C (= O) OC (Rx 1 ) (Rx 2 ) (Rx 3 )
Equation (Y3): -C (R 36 ) (R 37 ) (OR 38 )
Formula (Y4): -C (Rn) (H) (Ar)
 式(Y1)及び式(Y2)中、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状)又はシクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)、又は、アリール基(単環若しくは多環)を表す。
 なかでも、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基を表すことが好ましく、Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、直鎖状のアルキル基を表すことがより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して、単環又は多環を形成してもよい。
 Rx~Rxのアルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、炭素数1~20のアルキル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基としては、特に限定されないが、炭素数3~20のシクロアルキル基が挙げられ、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びに、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのアリール基は、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、ナフチル基、及びアントリル基等が挙げられる。
 アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
In formulas (Y1) and (Y2), Rx 1 to Rx 3 are independently alkyl groups (linear or branched chain), cycloalkyl groups (monocyclic or polycyclic), or aryl groups (monocyclic or polycyclic), respectively. Represents monocyclic or polycyclic).
Among them, Rx 1 to Rx 3 preferably each independently represent a linear or branched alkyl group, and Rx 1 to Rx 3 each independently represent a linear alkyl group. Is more preferable.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be combined to form a monocyclic or polycyclic ring.
The alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, and an isobutyl group. Further, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a t-butyl group is preferable.
The cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 20 carbon atoms, a cyclopentyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group. , Tetracyclodecanyl group, tetracyclododecanyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as adamantyl group are preferable.
The aryl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and an anthryl group.
The alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group may have a substituent.
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、並びに、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基がより好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、置換基を有していてもよい。
Examples of the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 include a cyclopentyl group, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group, and a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclododeca. A polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as an nyl group and an adamantyl group is preferable, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be replaced.
The cycloalkyl group formed by bonding two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may have a substituent.
 式(Y3)中、R36~R38は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の有機基を表す。R37とR38とは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。1価の有機基としては、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基等が挙げられる。R36は水素原子であることも好ましい。 In formula (Y3), R 36 to R 38 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent organic group. R 37 and R 38 may be combined with each other to form a ring. Examples of the monovalent organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group and the like. It is also preferable that R 36 is a hydrogen atom.
 式(Y3)としては、下記式(Y3-1)で表される基が好ましい。 As the formula (Y3), a group represented by the following formula (Y3-1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
 ここで、L及びLは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又は、これらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
 Mは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 Qは、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいシクロアルキル基、ヘテロ原子を含んでいてもよいアリール基、アミノ基、アンモニウム基、メルカプト基、シアノ基、アルデヒド基、又は、これらを組み合わせた基(例えば、アルキル基とシクロアルキル基とを組み合わせた基)を表す。
 アルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、例えば、メチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 なお、L及びLのうち一方は水素原子であり、他方はアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、又は、アルキレン基とアリール基とを組み合わせた基であることが好ましい。
 Q、M、及び、Lの少なくとも2つが結合して環(好ましくは、5員若しくは6員環)を形成してもよい。
 パターンの微細化の点では、Lが2級又は3級アルキル基であることが好ましく、3級アルキル基であることがより好ましい。2級アルキル基としては、イソプロピル基、シクロヘキシル基又はノルボルニル基が挙げられ、3級アルキル基としては、tert-ブチル基又はアダマンタン基を挙げることができる。これらの態様では、Tg(ガラス転移温度)や活性化エネルギーが高くなるため、膜強度の担保に加え、かぶりの抑制ができる。
Here, L 1 and L 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group in which these are combined (for example, a group in which an alkyl group and an aryl group are combined). ..
M represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Q is an alkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, a cycloalkyl group that may contain a hetero atom, an aryl group that may contain a hetero atom, an amino group, an ammonium group, a mercapto group, a cyano group, and an aldehyde. Represents a group or a group in which these are combined (for example, a group in which an alkyl group and a cycloalkyl group are combined).
As for the alkyl group and the cycloalkyl group, for example, one of the methylene groups may be replaced with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a group having a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group.
It is preferable that one of L 1 and L 2 is a hydrogen atom and the other is an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, or a group in which an alkylene group and an aryl group are combined.
Q, M, and, at least two members to the ring (preferably, 5-membered or 6-membered ring) L 1 may be formed.
From the viewpoint of pattern miniaturization, L 2 is preferably a secondary or tertiary alkyl group, and more preferably a tertiary alkyl group. Examples of the secondary alkyl group include an isopropyl group, a cyclohexyl group and a norbornyl group, and examples of the tertiary alkyl group include a tert-butyl group and an adamantan group. In these aspects, Tg (glass transition temperature) and activation energy are high, so that in addition to ensuring the film strength, fog can be suppressed.
 式(Y4)中、Arは、芳香環基を表す。Rnは、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基又はアリール基を表す。RnとArとは互いに結合して非芳香族環を形成してもよい。Arはより好ましくはアリール基である。 In the formula (Y4), Ar represents an aromatic ring group. Rn represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group or an aryl group. Rn and Ar may be combined with each other to form a non-aromatic ring. Ar is more preferably an aryl group.
 樹脂(A)は、アセタール構造を有することが好ましい。
 酸分解性基は、アセタール構造を有することが好ましい。アセタール構造は、例えば、カルボキシル基、フェノール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基などの極性基が、上記式(Y3)で表される基で保護された構造である。
The resin (A) preferably has an acetal structure.
The acid-degradable group preferably has an acetal structure. The acetal structure is a structure in which polar groups such as a carboxyl group, a phenolic hydroxyl group, and a fluorinated alcohol group are protected by a group represented by the above formula (Y3).
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、式(A)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。 As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, the repeating unit represented by the formula (A) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
 Lは、2価の連結基を表し、R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、又は1価の置換基を表し、Rは酸の作用によって分解し脱離する基を表す。
 Lは、2価の連結基を表す。2価の連結基としては、-CO-、-O-、-S―、-SO-、―SO-、炭化水素基(例えば、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、アリーレン基等)、及び、これらの複数が連結した連結基等が挙げられる。中でも、Lとしては、-CO-、アリーレン基が好ましい。
 アリーレン基としては、フェニレン基が好ましい。
 アルキレン基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルキレン基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
L 1 represents a divalent linking group, R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent, and R 4 represents a group that is decomposed and eliminated by the action of an acid. ..
L 1 represents a divalent linking group. Examples of the divalent linking group include -CO- , -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , a hydrocarbon group (for example, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, an alkenylene group, an arylene group, etc.). In addition, a linking group in which a plurality of these are linked is mentioned. Among these, as the L 1, -CO-, an arylene group.
As the arylene group, a phenylene group is preferable.
The alkylene group may be linear or branched chain. The number of carbon atoms of the alkylene group is not particularly limited, but 1 to 10 is preferable, and 1 to 3 is more preferable.
 R~Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は1価の置換基を表す。1価の置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又はハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 アルキル基は、直鎖状であっても、分岐鎖状であってもよい。アルキル基の炭素数は特に制限されないが、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 シクロアルキル基は、単環型であってもよく、多環型であってもよい。このシクロアルキル基の炭素数は、好ましくは3~8とする。
 ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及びヨウ素原子が挙げられる。
R 1 to R 3 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a monovalent substituent. Examples of the monovalent substituent include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, and a halogen atom.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is not particularly limited, but 1 to 10 is preferable, and 1 to 3 is more preferable.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic. The number of carbon atoms of this cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 8.
Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom.
 Rは、酸の作用によって脱離する基(脱離基)を表す。
 中でも、脱離基としては、上記式(Y1)~(Y4)で表される基が挙げられ、上記式(Y3)で表される基が好ましい。
R 4 represents a group (leaving group) that is eliminated by the action of an acid.
Among them, examples of the leaving group include groups represented by the above formulas (Y1) to (Y4), and groups represented by the above formula (Y3) are preferable.
 上記各基が置換基を有する場合、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、及び、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)等が挙げられる。置換基中の炭素数は、8以下が好ましい。 When each of the above groups has a substituent, the substituents include, for example, an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. (2 to 6 carbon atoms) and the like. The number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
 酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位としては、一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位も好ましい。 As the repeating unit having an acid-decomposable group, a repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 一般式(AI)において、
 Xaは、水素原子、又は、アルキル基を表す。
 Tは、単結合、又は、2価の連結基を表す。
 Rx~Rxは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(直鎖状、又は、分岐鎖状)、又は、シクロアルキル基(単環、又は、多環)を表す。ただし、Rx~Rxの全てがアルキル基(直鎖状、又は、分岐鎖状)である場合、Rx~Rxのうち少なくとも2つはメチル基であることが好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して、シクロアルキル基(単環若しくは多環)を形成してもよい。
In the general formula (AI)
Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
T represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Rx 1 to Rx 3 independently represent an alkyl group (linear or branched chain) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). However, when all of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are alkyl groups (linear or branched chain), it is preferable that at least two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 are methyl groups.
Two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 may be bonded to form a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic).
 Xaにより表される、アルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基又は-CH-R11で表される基が挙げられる。R11は、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子等)、水酸基又は1価の有機基を表し、例えば、炭素数5以下のアルキル基、及び、炭素数5以下のアシル基が挙げられ、炭素数3以下のアルキル基が好ましく、メチル基がより好ましい。Xaとしては、水素原子、メチル基、トリフルオロメチル基、又は、ヒドロキシメチル基が好ましい。 Represented by xa 1, the alkyl group, for example, include groups represented by methyl group or -CH 2 -R 11. R 11 represents a halogen atom (fluorine atom or the like), a hydroxyl group or a monovalent organic group, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms and an acyl group having 5 or less carbon atoms and having 3 or less carbon atoms. Alkyl groups are preferred, and methyl groups are more preferred. As Xa 1 , a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a trifluoromethyl group, or a hydroxymethyl group is preferable.
 Tの2価の連結基としては、アルキレン基、芳香環基、-COO-Rt-基、及び、-O-Rt-基等が挙げられる。式中、Rtは、アルキレン基、又は、シクロアルキレン基を表す。
 Tは、単結合又は-COO-Rt-基が好ましい。Tが-COO-Rt-基を表す場合、Rtは、炭素数1~5のアルキレン基が好ましく、-CH-基、-(CH-基、又は、-(CH-基がより好ましい。
Examples of the divalent linking group of T include an alkylene group, an aromatic ring group, an -COO-Rt- group, an -O-Rt- group and the like. In the formula, Rt represents an alkylene group or a cycloalkylene group.
T is preferably a single bond or a -COO-Rt- group. When T represents a -COO-Rt- group, Rt is preferably an alkylene group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, and is preferably a -CH 2- group,- (CH 2 ) 2- group, or- (CH 2 ) 3- Groups are more preferred.
 Rx~Rxのアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、イソブチル基、及び、t-ブチル基等の炭素数1~4のアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxのシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基、又は、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基としては、シクロペンチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、その他にも、ノルボルニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。中でも、炭素数5~6の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rx~Rxの2つが結合して形成されるシクロアルキル基は、例えば、環を構成するメチレン基の1つが、酸素原子等のヘテロ原子、又は、カルボニル基等のヘテロ原子を有する基で置き換わっていてもよい。
 一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位は、例えば、Rxがメチル基又はエチル基であり、RxとRxとが結合して上述のシクロアルキル基を形成している態様が好ましい。
Examples of the alkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 include an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms such as a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-propyl group, an isopropyl group, an n-butyl group, an isobutyl group, and a t-butyl group. preferable.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group of Rx 1 to Rx 3 include a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group and a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group. The polycyclic cycloalkyl group of is preferred.
As the cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 , a cyclopentyl group and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclohexyl group are preferable, and in addition, a norbornyl group and a tetracyclodecanyl group are used. , Tetracyclododecanyl group, and polycyclic cycloalkyl group such as adamantyl group are preferable. Of these, a monocyclic cycloalkyl group having 5 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
The cycloalkyl group formed by combining two of Rx 1 to Rx 3 is, for example, a group in which one of the methylene groups constituting the ring has a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom or a hetero atom such as a carbonyl group. It may be replaced.
As the repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI), for example, it is preferable that Rx 1 is a methyl group or an ethyl group, and Rx 2 and Rx 3 are bonded to form the above-mentioned cycloalkyl group.
 上記各基が置換基を有する場合、置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(炭素数1~4)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、アルコキシ基(炭素数1~4)、カルボキシル基、及び、アルコキシカルボニル基(炭素数2~6)等が挙げられる。置換基中の炭素数は、8以下が好ましい。 When each of the above groups has a substituent, the substituents include, for example, an alkyl group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group (1 to 4 carbon atoms), a carboxyl group, and an alkoxycarbonyl group. (2 to 6 carbon atoms) and the like. The number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 8 or less.
 一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位としては、好ましくは、酸分解性(メタ)アクリル酸3級アルキルエステル系繰り返し単位(Xaが水素原子又はメチル基を表し、かつ、Tが単結合を表す繰り返し単位)である。 The repeating unit represented by the general formula (AI) is preferably an acid-degradable (meth) acrylic acid tertiary alkyl ester-based repeating unit (Xa 1 represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and T is a single bond. It is a repeating unit that represents.
 樹脂(A)は、酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位を、1種単独で含んでもよく、2種以上を併用して含んでもよい。 The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit having an acid-degradable group alone or in combination of two or more.
 上記繰り返し単位(a1)が酸分解性基を有する場合は、上記繰り返し単位(a1)は、繰り返し単位(a2)にも相当する。 When the repeating unit (a1) has an acid-degradable group, the repeating unit (a1) also corresponds to the repeating unit (a2).
 樹脂(A)に含まれる酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(酸分解性基を有する繰り返し単位が複数存在する場合はその合計)は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~90モル%が好ましく、20~80モル%がより好ましく、25~75モル%が更に好ましい。 The content of the repeating unit having an acid-degradable group contained in the resin (A) (the total of a plurality of repeating units having an acid-degradable group) is determined with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). It is preferably 10 to 90 mol%, more preferably 20 to 80 mol%, still more preferably 25 to 75 mol%.
(ラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、更にラクトン基又はスルトン基を有する繰り返し単位(「繰り返し単位(a3)」ともいう)を有していてもよい。
 ラクトン基又はスルトン基としては、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有していればいずれの基でも用いることができるが、好ましくは5~7員環ラクトン構造又は5~7員環スルトン構造を有する基であり、5~7員環ラクトン構造にビシクロ構造、又は、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、又は5~7員環スルトン構造にビシクロ構造、又は、スピロ構造を形成する形で他の環構造が縮環しているもの、がより好ましい。下記一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-22)のいずれかで表されるラクトン構造を有する基、又は下記一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)のいずれかで表されるスルトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位を有することがより好ましい。また、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基が主鎖に直接結合していてもよい。
 なかでも、一般式(LC1-1)、一般式(LC1-4)、一般式(LC1-5)、一般式(LC1-8)、一般式(LC1-16)、一般式(LC1-21)、若しくは、一般式(LC1-22)で表されるラクトン構造、又は一般式(SL1-1)で表されるスルトン構造が好ましい。
(Repeating unit with lactone group or sultone group)
The resin (A) may further have a repeating unit having a lactone group or a sultone group (also referred to as "repeating unit (a3)").
As the lactone group or sultone group, any group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure can be used, but a group having a 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure or a 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure is preferable. Yes, the 5- to 7-membered ring lactone structure has a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure in which another ring structure is fused, or the 5- to 7-membered ring sultone structure has a bicyclo structure or a spiro structure. It is more preferable that the other ring structure is condensed in the form of forming. A group having a lactone structure represented by any of the following general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22), or a sultone represented by any of the following general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). It is more preferable to have a repeating unit having a group having a structure. Further, a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure may be directly bonded to the main chain.
Among them, the general formula (LC1-1), the general formula (LC1-4), the general formula (LC1-5), the general formula (LC1-8), the general formula (LC1-16), and the general formula (LC1-21). Alternatively, a lactone structure represented by the general formula (LC1-22) or a sultone structure represented by the general formula (SL1-1) is preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 ラクトン構造部分又はスルトン構造部分は、置換基(Rb)を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb)としては、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボキシル基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、シアノ基、及び、酸分解性基等が挙げられる。n2は、0~4の整数を表す。n2が2以上の時、複数存在するRbは、異なっていてもよく、また、複数存在するRb同士が結合して環を形成してもよい。 The lactone structure portion or the sultone structure portion may have a substituent (Rb 2 ). Preferred substituents (Rb 2 ) include an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxyl group. , Halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, acid-degradable group and the like. n2 represents an integer of 0 to 4. When n2 is 2 or more, Rb 2 existing in plural numbers may be different or may be bonded to form a ring Rb 2 between the plurality of.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、下記一般式(AI)で表される繰り返し単位等が挙げられる。 Examples of the repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure include a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (AI).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
 一般式(AI)中、Rbは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表す。
 Rbのアルキル基が有していてもよい好ましい置換基としては、水酸基、及び、ハロゲン原子が挙げられる。
 Rbのハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、及び、ヨウ素原子が挙げられる。Rbは、水素原子又はメチル基が好ましい。
 Abは、単結合、アルキレン基、単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カルボキシル基、又は、これらを組み合わせた2価の基を表す。なかでも、単結合、又は、-Ab-CO-で表される連結基が好ましい。Abは、直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状のアルキレン基、又は、単環若しくは多環のシクロアルキレン基であり、メチレン基、エチレン基、シクロヘキシレン基、アダマンチレン基、又は、ノルボルニレン基が好ましい。
 Vは、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を表す。
 Vのラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基としては、前述の一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-22)で表される構造、及び一般式(SL1-1)~(SL1-3)で表される構造のいずれかにおいて、ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を構成する炭素原子1つから、水素原子を1つ除いてなる基であることが好ましい。なお、上記水素原子を1つ除かれる炭素原子は、置換基(Rb)を構成する炭素原子ではないことが好ましい。
In the general formula (AI), Rb 0 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
Preferred substituents that the alkyl group of Rb 0 may have include a hydroxyl group and a halogen atom.
Examples of the halogen atom of Rb 0 include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom. Rb 0 is preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Ab is a divalent linking group having a single bond, an alkylene group, a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, a carboxyl group, or a divalent group obtained by combining these. Represents. Among them, a single bond, or, -Ab 1 -CO 2 - preferred linking group represented by. Ab 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group or a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkylene group, and a methylene group, an ethylene group, a cyclohexylene group, an adamantylene group, or a norbornene group is preferable.
V represents a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure.
Examples of the group having a lactone structure or sultone structure of V include the structures represented by the above-mentioned general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22) and the general formulas (SL1-1) to (SL1-3). In any of the structures to be formed, it is preferable that the group is formed by removing one hydrogen atom from one carbon atom constituting the lactone structure or the sultone structure. It is preferable that the carbon atom from which one hydrogen atom is removed is not a carbon atom constituting a substituent (Rb 2).
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位は、通常、光学異性体が存在するが、いずれの光学異性体を用いてもよい。また、1種の光学異性体を単独で用いても、複数の光学異性体を混合して用いてもよい。1種の光学異性体を主に用いる場合、その光学純度(ee)は90以上が好ましく、95以上がより好ましい。 The repeating unit having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure usually has an optical isomer, but any optical isomer may be used. Further, one kind of optical isomer may be used alone, or a plurality of optical isomers may be mixed and used. When one kind of optical isomer is mainly used, its optical purity (ee) is preferably 90 or more, more preferably 95 or more.
 ラクトン構造又はスルトン構造を有する基を有する繰り返し単位の具体例を以下に挙げるが、本発明はこれらに限定されない。なお、式中RxはH、CH、CHOH、またはCFを表す。 Specific examples of repeating units having a group having a lactone structure or a sultone structure are given below, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, Rx represents H, CH 3 , CH 2 OH, or CF 3 .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
 樹脂(A)が繰り返し単位(a3)を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)中の全繰り返し単位に対し、1~50モル%が好ましく、5~40モル%がより好ましく、10~40モル%が更に好ましい。 When the resin (A) has a repeating unit (a3), the content thereof is preferably 1 to 50 mol%, more preferably 5 to 40 mol%, and 10 to 10 to all the repeating units in the resin (A). 40 mol% is more preferable.
 (カーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、更にカーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位(「繰り返し単位(a4)」ともいう)を有していてもよい。
(Repeating unit with carbonate group)
The resin (A) may further have a repeating unit having a carbonate group (also referred to as "repeating unit (a4)").
 カーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位におけるカーボネート基は、環状炭酸エステル基に含まれているのが好ましい。
 カーボネート基を有する繰り返し単位は、一般式(A4)で表される繰り返し単位が好ましい。
The carbonate group in the repeating unit having a carbonate group is preferably contained in the cyclic carbonate group.
The repeating unit having a carbonate group is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A4).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 一般式(A4)中、
 R は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
 nは、0以上(好ましくは0~3)の整数を表す。
 R は、置換基を表す。nが2以上の場合、複数存在するR は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Aは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。上記2価の連結基は、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~4)、単環又は多環の脂環炭化水素構造を有する2価の連結基、エーテル基、エステル基、カルボニル基、カルボン酸基、又はこれらを組み合わせた2価の基が好ましい。
 Zは、式中の-O-CO-O-で表される基と共に単環又は多環を形成する原子団を表す。
 Zが式中の-O-CO-O-で表される基と共に形成する単環又は多環は、5員環の環状炭酸エステル基が好ましく、下記一般式(CC1-1)で表される環状炭酸エステル構造がより好ましい。
 つまり、一般式(A4)中のAは、下記一般式(CC1-1)で表される環状炭酸エステル構造の環員原子から水素原子を1つ引き抜いてなる基と結合しているのが好ましい。
In the general formula (A4),
RA 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
n represents an integer of 0 or more (preferably 0 to 3).
RA 2 represents a substituent. when n is 2 or more, R A 2 existing in plural, may each be the same or different.
A represents a single bond or a divalent linking group. The divalent linking group is an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 4 carbon atoms), a divalent linking group having a monocyclic or polycyclic alicyclic hydrocarbon structure, an ether group, an ester group, a carbonyl group, and a carboxylic acid. A group or a divalent group in which these are combined is preferable.
Z represents an atomic group forming a monocyclic or polycyclic ring together with a group represented by —O—CO—O— in the formula.
The monocyclic or polycyclic ring formed by Z together with the group represented by —O—CO—O— in the formula is preferably a 5-membered cyclic carbonate group, and is represented by the following general formula (CC1-1). A cyclic carbonate structure is more preferred.
That is, it is preferable that A in the general formula (A4) is bonded to a group formed by extracting one hydrogen atom from the ring member atom of the cyclic carbonic acid ester structure represented by the following general formula (CC1-1). ..
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 一般式(CC1-1)における環状炭酸エステル構造部分は、置換基(Rb2)を有していてもよい。好ましい置換基(Rb2)としては、例えば、炭素数1~8のアルキル基、炭素数4~7のシクロアルキル基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシ基、炭素数1~8のアルコキシカルボニル基、カルボン酸基、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)、水酸基、及び、シアノ基等が挙げられる。n3は、0又は1の整数を表す。 The cyclic carbonate structure portion in the general formula (CC1-1) may have a substituent (Rb2). Preferred substituents (Rb2) include, for example, an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, a cycloalkyl group having 4 to 7 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, an alkoxycarbonyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms, and a carboxylic group. Examples thereof include an acid group, a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom), a hydroxyl group, and a cyano group. n3 represents an integer of 0 or 1.
 樹脂(A)が繰り返し単位(a4)を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~60モル%が好ましく、5~50モル%がより好ましく、7~45モル%が更に好ましい。
 繰り返し単位(a4)は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
When the resin (A) has a repeating unit (a4), the content thereof is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, and 7 to 7 to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 45 mol% is more preferred.
The repeating unit (a4) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
(極性基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、繰り返し単位(a1)、繰り返し単位(a3)、繰り返し単位(a4)とは別の極性基を有する繰り返し単位(「繰り返し単位(a5)」ともいう。)を更に含んでいてもよい。
(Repeating unit with polar group)
The resin (A) further contains a repeating unit (a1), a repeating unit (a3), and a repeating unit having a polar group different from that of the repeating unit (a4) (also referred to as “repeating unit (a5)”). May be good.
 繰り返し単位(a5)が有する極性基としては、スルホネート基、カルボン酸基、スルホン酸基、カーバメート基、アルコール性水酸基、フッ素化アルコール基(好ましくはヘキサフルオロイソプロパノール基)、スルホキシド基、スルホニル基、ケトン基、イミド基、アミド基、スルホンイミド基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、及びエーテル基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの基であることが好ましい。 The polar group of the repeating unit (a5) includes a sulfonate group, a carboxylic acid group, a sulfonic acid group, a carbamate group, an alcoholic hydroxyl group, a fluorinated alcohol group (preferably a hexafluoroisopropanol group), a sulfoxide group, a sulfonyl group and a ketone. It is preferably at least one group selected from the group consisting of a group, an imide group, an amide group, a sulfonimide group, a cyano group, a nitro group, and an ether group.
 好ましい一態様として、繰り返し単位(a5)は、一般式(A5)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。 As a preferred embodiment, the repeating unit (a5) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 一般式(A5)中、
 XQ5は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
 RQ5は、アルキレン基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状。好ましくは炭素数1~5)、又は、非芳香族性環基を表す。
In the general formula (A5),
X Q5 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
RQ5 represents an alkylene group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms) or a non-aromatic ring group.
 上記非芳香族性環基としては、例えば、単環式炭化水素環基及び多環式炭化水素環基が挙げられる。単環式炭化水素環基としては、例えば、炭素数3~12(好ましくは炭素数3~7)のシクロアルカン環基、及び、炭素数3~12のシクロアルケン環基が挙げられる。
 多環式炭化水素環基としては、例えば、環集合炭化水素環基及び架橋環式炭化水素環基が挙げられる。
 架橋環式炭化水素環としては、例えば、2環式炭化水素環、3環式炭化水素環、及び、4環式炭化水素環等が挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環は、5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環でもよい。
 架橋環式炭化水素環基は、ノルボルナン環基、アダマンタン環基、ビシクロオクタン環基、又は、トリシクロ[5、2、1、02,6]デカン環基が好ましい。
Examples of the non-aromatic ring group include a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group. Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group include a cycloalkane ring group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkene ring group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
Examples of the polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group include a ring-assembled hydrocarbon ring group and a crosslinked ring-type hydrocarbon ring group.
Examples of the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring and the like. Further, the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring may be a condensed ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are condensed.
The crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a norbornane ring group, an adamantane ring group, a bicyclooctane ring group, or a tricyclo [5, 2, 1, 02, 6] decane ring group.
 上記アルキル基及び上記非芳香族性環基は、-(OH)q5以外の置換基を有さないのも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the alkyl group and the non-aromatic ring group do not have a substituent other than − (OH) q5.
 一般式(A5)中、q5は、1~5の整数を表す。
 また、好ましい一態様として、繰り返し単位(a5)は、一般式(A6)で表される繰り返し単位であることが好ましい。
In the general formula (A5), q5 represents an integer of 1 to 5.
Further, as a preferred embodiment, the repeating unit (a5) is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 一般式(A6)中、
 XQ6は、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、又は1価の有機基(好ましくはメチル基)を表す。
 RQ6は、アルキレン基(直鎖状若しくは分岐鎖状。好ましくは炭素数1~5)、非芳香族性環基、又は、芳香環基、又はこれらの2つ以上を組み合わせてなる基を表す。
In the general formula (A6),
X Q6 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, or a monovalent organic group (preferably a methyl group).
RQ6 represents an alkylene group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a non-aromatic ring group, an aromatic ring group, or a group composed of a combination of two or more of these. ..
 上記非芳香族性環基としては、例えば、単環式炭化水素環基及び多環式炭化水素環基が挙げられる。
 単環式炭化水素環基としては、例えば、炭素数3~12(好ましくは炭素数3~7)のシクロアルカン環基、及び、炭素数3~12のシクロアルケン環基が挙げられる。
 多環式炭化水素環基としては、例えば、環集合炭化水素環基及び架橋環式炭化水素環基が挙げられる。
 架橋環式炭化水素環としては、例えば、2環式炭化水素環、3環式炭化水素環、及び、4環式炭化水素環等が挙げられる。また、架橋環式炭化水素環は、5~8員シクロアルカン環が複数個縮合した縮合環でもよい。
 架橋環式炭化水素環基は、ノルボルナン環基、アダマンタン環基、ビシクロオクタン環基、又は、トリシクロ[5、2、1、02,6]デカン環基が好ましい。
Examples of the non-aromatic ring group include a monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group and a polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group.
Examples of the monocyclic hydrocarbon ring group include a cycloalkane ring group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms (preferably 3 to 7 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkene ring group having 3 to 12 carbon atoms.
Examples of the polycyclic hydrocarbon ring group include a ring-assembled hydrocarbon ring group and a crosslinked ring-type hydrocarbon ring group.
Examples of the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring include a bicyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tricyclic hydrocarbon ring, a tetracyclic hydrocarbon ring and the like. Further, the crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring may be a condensed ring in which a plurality of 5- to 8-membered cycloalkane rings are condensed.
The crosslinked cyclic hydrocarbon ring group is preferably a norbornane ring group, an adamantane ring group, a bicyclooctane ring group, or a tricyclo [5, 2, 1, 02, 6] decane ring group.
 上記芳香環基は、炭素数6~18の芳香環基が好ましく、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、アントラセン環基、又は、ビフェニレン環基がより好ましい。 The aromatic ring group preferably has an aromatic ring group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms, and more preferably a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, an anthracene ring group, or a biphenylene ring group.
 上記アルキレン基、上記非芳香族性環基、及び、上記芳香環基は、-(-C(CFOH)q6以外の置換基を有さないのも好ましい。 It is also preferable that the alkylene group, the non-aromatic ring group, and the aromatic ring group do not have a substituent other than − (−C (CF 3 ) 2 OH) q6.
 一般式(A6)中、q6は、1~5の整数を表す。 In the general formula (A6), q6 represents an integer from 1 to 5.
 樹脂(A)が繰り返し単位(a5)を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~60モル%が好ましく、5~50モル%がより好ましく、7~45モル%が更に好ましい。
 繰り返し単位(a5)は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
When the resin (A) has a repeating unit (a5), the content thereof is preferably 1 to 60 mol%, more preferably 5 to 50 mol%, and 7 to 7 to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 45 mol% is more preferred.
The repeating unit (a5) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
(フェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位)
 樹脂(A)は、下記の一般式(B2)で表されるフェノール性水酸基を有する繰り返し単位(「繰り返し単位(a6)」ともいう)を更に含んでいてもよい。
(Repeating unit with phenolic hydroxyl group)
The resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit having a phenolic hydroxyl group represented by the following general formula (B2) (also referred to as “repeating unit (a6)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
 一般式(B2)中、Xは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。上記アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基の置換基は水酸基又はハロゲン原子が好ましい。上記アルキル基が置換基を有する場合、置換基として水酸基及び/又はハロゲン原子のみを有するのが好ましい。上記アルキル基は-CHが好ましい。
In the general formula (B2), X represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
The substituent of the alkyl group is preferably a hydroxyl group or a halogen atom. When the alkyl group has a substituent, it is preferable that the alkyl group has only a hydroxyl group and / or a halogen atom as the substituent. The alkyl group is preferably -CH 3.
 一般式(B2)中、Xは、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR64-を表し、R64は、水素原子又はアルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~5)を表す。-COO-におけるカルボニル炭素は、繰り返し単位の主鎖に直接結合しているのが好ましい。 In the general formula (B2), X 4 represents a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 64- , and R 64 is a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having a number of carbon atoms). Represents 1 to 5). The carbonyl carbon in -COO- is preferably directly attached to the main chain of the repeating unit.
 一般式(B2)中、Lは、単結合又はアルキレン基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~20)を表す。 In the general formula (B2), L 4 represents a single bond or an alkylene group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
 一般式(B2)中、Arは、(n+1)価の芳香環基を表す。上記芳香環基は、ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、及び、アントラセン環基等の炭素数6~18のアリーレン基、又は、チオフェン環基、フラン環基、ピロール環基、ベンゾチオフェン環基、ベンゾフラン環基、ベンゾピロール環基、トリアジン環基、イミダゾール環基、ベンゾイミダゾール環基、トリアゾール環基、チアジアゾール環基、及び、チアゾール環基等のヘテロ環を含む芳香環基が好ましく、ベンゼン環基がより好ましい。 In the general formula (B2), Ar 4 represents an (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group. The aromatic ring group is an arylene group having 6 to 18 carbon atoms such as a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and an anthracene ring group, or a thiophene ring group, a furan ring group, a pyrrole ring group, a benzothiophene ring group, and a benzofuran. Aromatic ring groups containing heterocycles such as a ring group, a benzopyrol ring group, a triazine ring group, an imidazole ring group, a benzoimidazole ring group, a triazole ring group, a thiadiazol ring group, and a thiazole ring group are preferable, and a benzene ring group is preferable. More preferred.
 一般式(B2)中、nは、1~5の整数を表す。(n+1)価の芳香環基は、更に置換基を有していてもよい。 In the general formula (B2), n represents an integer from 1 to 5. The (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group may further have a substituent.
 上述したR64のアルキル基、Lのアルキレン基、及び、Arの(n+1)価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子(好ましくはフッ素原子)、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシエトキシ基、プロポキシ基、ヒドロキシプロポキシ基、及び、ブトキシ基等のアルコキシ基;フェニル基等のアリール基;等が挙げられる。また、Arの(n+1)価の芳香環基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~20)も挙げられる。 Examples of the substituent that the above-mentioned alkyl group of R 64 , alkylene group of L 4 and Ar 4 (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group can have include a halogen atom (preferably a fluorine atom) and a methoxy group. Examples thereof include an alkoxy group such as an ethoxy group, a hydroxyethoxy group, a propoxy group, a hydroxypropoxy group, and a butoxy group; an aryl group such as a phenyl group; and the like. Further , examples of the substituent that the (n + 1) -valent aromatic ring group of Ar 4 can have include an alkyl group (which may be linear or branched, preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms).
 以下、繰り返し単位(a6)の具体例を示すが、本発明は、これに限定されるものではない。式中、aは1又は2を表す。 Hereinafter, a specific example of the repeating unit (a6) will be shown, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the formula, a represents 1 or 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 なお、上記繰り返し単位の中でも、以下に具体的に記載する繰り返し単位が好ましい。式中、Rは水素原子又はメチル基を表し、aは1~3の整数を表す。 Among the above repeating units, the repeating units specifically described below are preferable. In the formula, R represents a hydrogen atom or a methyl group, and a represents an integer of 1 to 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
 樹脂(A)が繰り返し単位(a6)を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~75モル%が好ましく、5~70モル%がより好ましく、10~70モル%が更に好ましい。繰り返し単位(a6)は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。 When the resin (A) has a repeating unit (a6), the content thereof is preferably 1 to 75 mol%, more preferably 5 to 70 mol%, and 10 to 10 to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 70 mol% is more preferable. The repeating unit (a6) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 その他、樹脂(A)は、下記の式(D)で表される繰り返し単位(「繰り返し単位(a7)」ともいう)を更に含んでいてもよい。 In addition, the resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following formula (D) (also referred to as "repeating unit (a7)").
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 式(D)中、「cylic」は、環状構造で主鎖を形成している基を表す。環の構成原子数は特に制限されない。 In formula (D), "cylic" represents a group forming a main chain with a cyclic structure. The number of constituent atoms of the ring is not particularly limited.
 式(D)で表される繰り返し単位としては、例えば、下記繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (D) include the following repeating units.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 上記式中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR’’又は-COOR’’:R’’は炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又は、カルボン酸基を表す。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、上記アリール基、上記アラルキル基、及び、上記アルケニル基は、それぞれ、置換機を有してもよい。また、Rで表される基中の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子で置換されていてもよい。上記式中、R’は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アルケニル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR’’又は-COOR’’:R’’は炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又は、カルボン酸基を表す。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、上記アリール基、上記アラルキル基、及び、上記アルケニル基は、それぞれ、置換機を有してもよい。また、R’で表される基中の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子で置換されていてもよい。
 mは0以上の整数を表す。mの上限は特に制限されないが、2以下の場合が多く、1以下の場合がより多い。
In the above formula, R is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, and the like. An ester group (-OCOR "or -COOR": R "is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxylic acid group. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. Further, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom. In the above formula, R'is independently an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom and an ester group. (-OCOR "or -COOR": R "is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxylic acid group. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. Further, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R'may be replaced with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
m represents an integer greater than or equal to 0. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, but it is often 2 or less, and more often 1 or less.
 樹脂(A)が式(D)で表される繰り返し単位(繰り返し単位(a7))を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~50モル%が好ましく、3~40モル%がより好ましく、5~30モル%が更に好ましい。
 繰り返し単位(a7)は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
When the resin (A) contains a repeating unit represented by the formula (D) (repeating unit (a7)), the content thereof is preferably 1 to 50 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 3 to 40 mol% is more preferable, and 5 to 30 mol% is further preferable.
The repeating unit (a7) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 その他、樹脂(A)は、下記の式(E)で表される繰り返し単位(「繰り返し単位(a8)」ともいう)を更に含んでいてもよい。 In addition, the resin (A) may further contain a repeating unit represented by the following formula (E) (also referred to as "repeating unit (a8)").
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 式(E)中、Reは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。有機基としては、例えば、置換機を有してもよい、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基等が挙げられる。
 「cylic」は、主鎖の炭素原子を含む環状基である。環状基に含まれる原子数は特に制限されない。
In formula (E), Re independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group. Examples of the organic group include an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an alkenyl group and the like, which may have a substituent.
"Cylic" is a cyclic group containing a carbon atom in the main chain. The number of atoms contained in the cyclic group is not particularly limited.
 式(E)で表される繰り返し単位としては、例えば、下記繰り返し単位が挙げられる。 Examples of the repeating unit represented by the formula (E) include the following repeating units.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 上記式中、Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR’’又は-COOR’’:R’’は炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又は、カルボン酸基を表す。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、上記アリール基、上記アラルキル基、及び、上記アルケニル基は、それぞれ、置換基を有していてもよい。また、Rで表される基中の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子で置換されていてもよい。
 R’は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、及び、アルケニル基、水酸基、アルコキシ基、アシロキシ基、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、ハロゲン原子、エステル基(-OCOR’’又は-COOR’’:R’’は炭素数1~20のアルキル基又はフッ素化アルキル基)、又は、カルボン酸基を表す。なお、上記アルキル基、上記シクロアルキル基、上記アリール基、上記アラルキル基、及び、上記アルケニル基は、それぞれ、置換機を有してもよい。また、R’で表される基中の炭素原子に結合している水素原子は、フッ素原子又はヨウ素原子で置換されていてもよい。
 mは0以上の整数を表す。mの上限は特に制限されないが、2以下の場合が多く、1以下の場合がより多い。
 また、式(E-2)、式(E-4)、式(E-6)、式(E-8)、及び式(E-13)中、2つのRは互いに結合して環を形成していてもよい。
In the above formula, R is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, and a halogen. It represents an atom, an ester group (-OCOR "or -COOR": R "is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group), or a carboxylic acid group. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. Further, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R may be substituted with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
R'is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, and an alkenyl group, a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an acyloxy group, a cyano group, a nitro group, an amino group, a halogen atom, and an ester. A group (-OCOR "or -COOR": R "is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a fluorinated alkyl group) or a carboxylic acid group. The alkyl group, the cycloalkyl group, the aryl group, the aralkyl group, and the alkenyl group may each have a substituent. Further, the hydrogen atom bonded to the carbon atom in the group represented by R'may be replaced with a fluorine atom or an iodine atom.
m represents an integer greater than or equal to 0. The upper limit of m is not particularly limited, but it is often 2 or less, and more often 1 or less.
Further, in the formula (E-2), the formula (E-4), the formula (E-6), the formula (E-8), and the formula (E-13), the two Rs are bonded to each other to form a ring. You may be doing it.
 樹脂(A)が式(E)で表される繰り返し単位(a8)を含む場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~50モル%が好ましく、3~40モル%がより好ましく、5~35モル%が更に好ましい。
 繰り返し単位(a8)は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
When the resin (A) contains the repeating unit (a8) represented by the formula (E), the content thereof is preferably 1 to 50 mol% with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A), and 3 to 40. More preferably mol%, more preferably 5 to 35 mol%.
The repeating unit (a8) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 樹脂(A)は、本発明の効果を阻害しない範囲において、その他の繰り返し単位として、上記以外の繰り返し単位を含んでいてもよく、例えば、光酸発生基を有する繰り返し単位を有していてもよい。 The resin (A) may contain a repeating unit other than the above as the other repeating unit as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. For example, the resin (A) may have a repeating unit having a photoacid generating group. Good.
 光酸発生剤を有する繰り返し単位は、特に限定されないが、一般式(A7)で表される繰り返し単位(「繰り返し単位(a9)」ともいう)であるのが好ましい。 The repeating unit having the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, but is preferably a repeating unit represented by the general formula (A7) (also referred to as “repeating unit (a9)”).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 一般式(A7)中、2つのXfは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基(好ましくはCF)を表す。2つのXfのうち、少なくとも一方は水素原子以外が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。上記アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましい。上記アルキル基は、置換基としてフッ素原子のみを有するのが好ましい。
In the general formula (A7), the two Xfs independently represent an alkyl group (preferably CF 3 ) substituted with a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or at least one fluorine atom. Of the two Xfs, at least one is preferably a non-hydrogen atom.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group preferably has only a fluorine atom as a substituent.
 一般式(A7)中、R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基を表し、複数存在する場合のR及びRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。上記アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましい。上記アルキル基の置換基はフッ素原子が好ましい。上記アルキル基が置換基を有する場合、置換基としてフッ素原子のみを有するのが好ましい。
In the general formula (A7), R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group, and when there are a plurality of them, R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different. Good.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The substituent of the alkyl group is preferably a fluorine atom. When the alkyl group has a substituent, it is preferable that the alkyl group has only a fluorine atom as the substituent.
 一般式(A7)中、Lは、2価の連結基を表し、複数存在する場合のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Lの2価の連結基は、-COO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、及び、これらの複数が連結した連結基等が挙げられ、総炭素数12以下の連結基が好ましい。
In the general formula (A7), L represents a divalent linking group, and when a plurality of L are present, L may be the same or different.
The divalent linking group of L is -COO-, -CO- , -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, and a plurality of these. Examples thereof include linked linking groups, and linking groups having a total carbon number of 12 or less are preferable.
 一般式(A7)中、xは1~20の整数を表し、yは0~10の整数を表し、zは0~10の整数を表す。 In the general formula (A7), x represents an integer of 1 to 20, y represents an integer of 0 to 10, and z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 一般式(A7)中、Xは、水素原子、アルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表す。
 Xがアルキル基を表す場合のアルキル基としては、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の炭素数1~10のアルキル基が挙げられ、メチル基、エチル基、又はプロピル基が好ましく、メチル基、又はエチル基がより好ましく、メチル基がさらに好ましい。
 上記アルキル基が置換基を有する場合の置換基としては、上記置換基Tに記載の置換基が挙げられる。
 Xがハロゲン原子を表す場合のハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、又はヨウ素原子が挙げられ、フッ素原子であることが好ましい。
In the general formula (A7), X 7 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, or a halogen atom.
When X 7 represents an alkyl group, examples of the alkyl group include a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, or a propyl group, and a methyl group or a branched chain group. Ethyl groups are more preferred, and methyl groups are even more preferred.
Examples of the substituent when the alkyl group has a substituent include the substituent described in the Substituent T.
Examples of the halogen atom when X 7 represents a halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom, and a fluorine atom is preferable.
 一般式(A7)中、Mはカチオンを表す。Mの詳細は、例えば、後述する一般式(PA-1)におけるMと同様のカチオンを使用できる。 In the general formula (A7), M + represents a cation. For details of M + , for example, the same cation as M + in the general formula (PA-1) described later can be used.
 樹脂(A)が繰り返し単位(a9)を有する場合、その含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、1~30モル%が好ましく、3~25モル%がより好ましく、5~20モル%が更に好ましい。
 繰り返し単位(a9)は1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
When the resin (A) has a repeating unit (a9), the content thereof is preferably 1 to 30 mol%, more preferably 3 to 25 mol%, and 5 to 5 to all the repeating units of the resin (A). 20 mol% is more preferred.
The repeating unit (a9) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 樹脂(A)は、常法に従って(例えばラジカル重合)合成できる。
 GPC法によりポリスチレン換算値として、樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量は、1,000~200,000が好ましく、3,000~20,000がより好ましく、4,500~15,000が更に好ましい。樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量を、1,000~200,000とすれば、耐熱性及びドライエッチング耐性の劣化を防ぐことができ、更に、現像性の劣化、及び、粘度が高くなって製膜性が劣化することを防げる。
 樹脂(A)の分散度(分子量分布)は、通常1~5であり、1~3が好ましく、1.2~3.0がより好ましく、1.2~2.0が更に好ましい。分散度が小さいものほど、解像度、及び、レジスト形状が優れ、更に、レジストパターンの側壁がスムーズであり、ラフネス性に優れる。
The resin (A) can be synthesized according to a conventional method (for example, radical polymerization).
As a polystyrene conversion value by the GPC method, the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is preferably 1,000 to 200,000, more preferably 3,000 to 20,000, and even more preferably 4,500 to 15,000. When the weight average molecular weight of the resin (A) is set to 1,000 to 200,000, deterioration of heat resistance and dry etching resistance can be prevented, and further, deterioration of developability and high viscosity can be prevented. It is possible to prevent the film property from deteriorating.
The dispersity (molecular weight distribution) of the resin (A) is usually 1 to 5, preferably 1 to 3, more preferably 1.2 to 3.0, and even more preferably 1.2 to 2.0. The smaller the degree of dispersion, the better the resolution and resist shape, and the smoother the side wall of the resist pattern, and the better the roughness.
 樹脂(A)中の芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して、10~100モル%であることが好ましく、15~100モル%であることが更に好ましい。
 芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量は、H-NMRまたは13C-NMRにより測定することができる。
The content of the repeating unit having an aromatic group in the resin (A) is preferably 10 to 100 mol%, preferably 15 to 100 mol%, based on all the repeating units of the resin (A). More preferred.
The content of the repeating unit having an aromatic group can be measured by 1 1 H-NMR or 13 C-NMR.
 レジスト組成物において、樹脂(A)の含有量は、全固形分中、50~99.9質量%が好ましく、60~99.0質量%がより好ましい。また、樹脂(A)は、1種で使用してもよいし、2種以上使用してもよい。 In the resist composition, the content of the resin (A) is preferably 50 to 99.9% by mass, more preferably 60 to 99.0% by mass, based on the total solid content. Further, the resin (A) may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<(B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物>
 レジスト組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物(光酸発生剤、又は光酸発生剤(B)ともいう)を含んでいてもよい。光酸発生剤は、露光(好ましくは、電子線(EB)、EUV光の露光)により酸を発生する化合物である。
 光酸発生剤は、低分子化合物の形態であってもよく、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態であってもよい。また、低分子化合物の形態と重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態を併用してもよい。
 光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態である場合、分子量は3000以下が好ましく、2000以下がより好ましく、1000以下が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤が、重合体の一部に組み込まれた形態である場合、樹脂(A)の一部に組み込まれてもよく、樹脂(A)とは異なる樹脂に組み込まれてもよい。
 本発明において、光酸発生剤が、低分子化合物の形態であるのが好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は特に限定されず、中でも、電子線(EB)、EUV光の照射により、有機酸を発生する化合物が好ましく、分子中にフッ素原子又はヨウ素原子を有する光酸発生剤がより好ましい。
 上記有機酸として、例えば、スルホン酸(脂肪族スルホン酸、芳香族スルホン酸、及び、カンファースルホン酸等)、カルボン酸(脂肪族カルボン酸、芳香族カルボン酸、及び、アラルキルカルボン酸等)、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸、ビス(アルキルスルホニル)イミド酸、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチド酸等が挙げられる。
<(B) Compound that generates acid by irradiation with active light or radiation>
The resist composition may contain a compound that generates an acid by irradiation with active light or radiation (also referred to as a photoacid generator or a photoacid generator (B)). The photoacid generator is a compound that generates an acid by exposure (preferably exposure to electron beam (EB) or EUV light).
The photoacid generator may be in the form of a low molecular weight compound or may be incorporated in a part of the polymer. Further, the form of the low molecular weight compound and the form incorporated in a part of the polymer may be used in combination.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of a low molecular weight compound, the molecular weight is preferably 3000 or less, more preferably 2000 or less, still more preferably 1000 or less.
When the photoacid generator is in the form of being incorporated in a part of the polymer, it may be incorporated in a part of the resin (A) or may be incorporated in a resin different from the resin (A).
In the present invention, the photoacid generator is preferably in the form of a low molecular weight compound.
The photoacid generator is not particularly limited, and among them, a compound that generates an organic acid by irradiation with electron beam (EB) or EUV light is preferable, and a photoacid generator having a fluorine atom or an iodine atom in the molecule is more preferable. ..
Examples of the organic acid include sulfonic acid (aliphatic sulfonic acid, aromatic sulfonic acid, camphor sulfonic acid, etc.), carboxylic acid (aliphatic carboxylic acid, aromatic carboxylic acid, aralkylcarboxylic acid, etc.), carbonyl. Examples thereof include sulfonylimide acid, bis (alkylsulfonyl) imide acid, and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methidoic acid.
 光酸発生剤より発生する酸の体積は特に制限されないが、露光で発生した酸の非露光部への拡散を抑制し、解像性を良好にする点から、240Å以上が好ましく、305Å以上がより好ましく、350Å以上が更に好ましく、400Å以上が特に好ましい。なお、感度又は塗布溶剤への溶解性の点から、光酸発生剤より発生する酸の体積は、1500Å以下が好ましく、1000Å以下がより好ましく、700Å以下が更に好ましい。
 上記体積の値は、富士通株式会社製の「WinMOPAC」を用いて求める。上記体積の値の計算にあたっては、まず、各例に係る酸の化学構造を入力し、次に、この構造を初期構造としてMM(Molecular Mechanics)3法を用いた分子力場計算により、各酸の最安定立体配座を決定し、その後、これら最安定立体配座についてPM(Parameterized Model number)3法を用いた分子軌道計算を行って、各酸の「accessible volume」を計算できる。
The volume of the acid generated from the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, and suppress the diffusion of the non-exposed portion of the acid generated by exposure, from the viewpoint of improving the resolution, 240 Å 3 or more are preferred, 305Å 3 The above is more preferable, 350 Å 3 or more is further preferable, and 400 Å 3 or more is particularly preferable. Incidentally, from the viewpoint of solubility in sensitivity or coating solvent, the volume of the acid generated by the photoacid generator is preferably 1500 Å 3 or less, 1000 Å 3, more preferably less, 700 Å 3 or less is more preferable.
The above volume value is obtained using "WinMOPAC" manufactured by Fujitsu Limited. In calculating the volume value, first, the chemical structure of the acid according to each example is input, and then each acid is calculated by molecular mechanics using the MM (Molecular Mechanics) 3 method with this structure as the initial structure. The most stable conformation of each acid can be determined, and then the molecular orbital calculation of these most stable conformations using the PM (Parameterized Model number) 3 method can be performed to calculate the "accessible volume" of each acid.
 光酸発生剤より発生する酸の構造は特に制限されないが、酸の拡散を抑制し、解像性を良好にする点で、光酸発生剤より発生する酸と樹脂(A)との間の相互作用が強いのが好ましい。この点から、光酸発生剤より発生する酸が有機酸である場合、例えば、スルホン酸基、カルボン酸基、カルボニルスルホニルイミド酸基、ビススルホニルイミド酸基、及び、トリススルホニルメチド酸基等の有機酸基、以外に、更に極性基を有するのが好ましい。
 極性基としては、例えば、エーテル基、エステル基、アミド基、アシル基、スルホ基、スルホニルオキシ基、スルホンアミド基、チオエーテル基、チオエステル基、ウレア基、カーボネート基、カーバメート基、水酸基、及び、メルカプト基が挙げられる。
 発生する酸が有する極性基の数は特に制限されず、1個以上であるのが好ましく、2個以上であるのがより好ましい。ただし、過剰な現像を抑制する点から、極性基の数は、6個未満であるのが好ましく、4個未満であるのがより好ましい。
The structure of the acid generated by the photoacid generator is not particularly limited, but it is between the acid generated by the photoacid generator and the resin (A) in terms of suppressing the diffusion of the acid and improving the resolution. It is preferable that the interaction is strong. From this point, when the acid generated by the photoacid generator is an organic acid, for example, a sulfonic acid group, a carboxylic acid group, a carbonylsulfonylimide acid group, a bissulfonylimide acid group, a trissulfonylmethidoic acid group, etc. It is preferable to have a polar group in addition to the organic acid group of.
Examples of the polar group include an ether group, an ester group, an amide group, an acyl group, a sulfo group, a sulfonyloxy group, a sulfonamide group, a thioether group, a thioester group, a urea group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a hydroxyl group, and a mercapto. The group is mentioned.
The number of polar groups contained in the generated acid is not particularly limited, and is preferably 1 or more, and more preferably 2 or more. However, from the viewpoint of suppressing excessive development, the number of polar groups is preferably less than 6, and more preferably less than 4.
 光酸発生剤は、以下に例示する酸を発生する光酸発生剤が好ましい。なお、例の一部には、体積の計算値を付記している(単位Å)。 The photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator that generates the acids exemplified below. In addition, the calculated value of the volume is added to a part of the example (unit: Å 3 ).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
 本発明の効果がより優れる点で、光酸発生剤は、アニオン及びカチオンを有する光酸発生剤であるのが好ましい。 The photoacid generator is preferably a photoacid generator having anions and cations because the effect of the present invention is more excellent.
(一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物)
 光酸発生剤は、一般式(PA-1)で表される化合物を含むのが好ましい。
(Compound represented by the general formula (PA-1))
The photoacid generator preferably contains a compound represented by the general formula (PA-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 一般式(PA-1)中、A及びAは、それぞれ独立に、-SO-R、又は、-CO-Rを表す。Rは、有機基を表す。
 一般式(PA-1)中に2つ存在するRは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 一般式(PA-1)中に2つ存在するRの炭素数は、それぞれ独立に、1~25が好ましく、1~15がより好ましい。
 一般式(PA-1)中に2つ存在するRの水素原子を除く原子の数は、それぞれ独立に、2~30が好ましく、4~20がより好ましい。
 Rは、一般式(RF)で表される基が好ましい。
  -LRF-RRF   (RF)
In formula (PA-1), A 1 and A 2 are each independently, -SO 2 -R P, or represents -CO-R P. R P represents an organic group.
R P present two in the general formula (PA-1) may be the same or different.
Formula number of carbon atoms in R P present two to (PA-1) in each independently, preferably 1 to 25, more preferably from 1 to 15.
The number of the general formula (PA-1) atoms excluding two hydrogen atoms of the present R P during each independently 2 to 30, and more preferably from 4 to 20.
R P is a group represented by the general formula (RF) is preferred.
-L RF- R RF (RF)
 一般式(RF)中、LRFは、単結合又は2価の連結基を表す。
 上記2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~6)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数2~6)、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。
 またこれらの2価の連結基が可能な場合に有し得る置換基は、ハロゲン原子が好ましく、フッ素原子がより好ましい。例えば、上記アルキレン基(複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基に含まれ得るアルキレン基も含む)がパーフルオロアルキレン基になっているのも好ましい。
 上記2価の連結基は、-アルキレン基-COO-又は-アルキレン基-SO-が好ましい。-アルキレン基-COO-及び-アルキレン基-SO-は、アルキレン基がN-側に存在するのが好ましい。
In the general formula (RF), LRF represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
Examples of the divalent linking group include -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , and an alkylene group (linear or branched chain). It may be preferably 1 to 6 carbon atoms), a cycloalkylene group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (may be linear or branched chain, preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and these. A divalent linking group obtained by combining a plurality of the above can be mentioned.
Further, as the substituent that can be possessed when these divalent linking groups are possible, a halogen atom is preferable, and a fluorine atom is more preferable. For example, it is also preferable that the above-mentioned alkylene group (including an alkylene group that can be contained in a divalent linking group in which a plurality of them are combined) is a perfluoroalkylene group.
The divalent linking group is preferably -alkylene group-COO- or -alkylene group-SO 2- . For the -alkylene group-COO- and the -alkylene group-SO 2- , the alkylene group is preferably present on the N- side.
 一般式(RF)中、RRFは、シクロアルキル基又はアルキル基を表す。
 RRFがシクロアルキル基である場合、上記シクロアルキル基は単環でも多環でもよい。
 上記シクロアルキル基の炭素数は、3~15が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、及び、デカリニル基、アダマンチル基が挙げられる。
 上記シクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~5)が好ましい。上記シクロアルキル基はこれ以外の置換基を有さないのも好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基の環員原子である炭素原子のうちの1個以上が、カルボニル炭素原子及び/又はヘテロ原子で置き換わっていてもよい。例えば、シクロアルキル基中の、LRFと結合する炭素原子(-CH<)が窒素原子(-N<)で置き換わってもよい。
 RRFがアルキル基である場合、上記アルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。
 上記アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、又はシアノ基が好ましい。上記アルキル基はこれら以外の置換基を有さないのも好ましい。
 上記置換基としてのシクロアルキル基の例としては、例えば、RRFがシクロアルキル基である場合において説明したシクロアルキル基が同様に挙げられる。
 上記アルキル基が、上記置換基としてのフッ素原子を有する場合、上記アルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基となっていてもよいし、ならなくてもよい。上記アルキル基が、上記置換基としてのフッ素原子を有する場合、上記アルキル基の一部又は全部がパーフルオロメチル基であるのも好ましい。
In the general formula (RF), R RF represents a cycloalkyl group or an alkyl group.
When R RF is a cycloalkyl group, the cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
The cycloalkyl group preferably has 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and more preferably 5 to 10 carbon atoms.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a norbornyl group, a decalynyl group, and an adamantyl group.
The substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have is preferably an alkyl group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms). It is also preferable that the cycloalkyl group has no other substituent.
One or more of the carbon atoms which are ring member atoms of the cycloalkyl group may be replaced with carbonyl carbon atoms and / or heteroatoms. For example, the carbon atom (-CH <) bonded to LRF in the cycloalkyl group may be replaced by the nitrogen atom (-N <).
When R RF is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be linear or branched.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group. It is also preferable that the above alkyl group has no substituent other than these.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the substituent include, for example, the cycloalkyl group described in the case where R RF is a cycloalkyl group.
When the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, the alkyl group may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group. When the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, it is also preferable that a part or all of the alkyl group is a perfluoromethyl group.
 一般式(PA-1)中、「A-N-A」に含まれる二つのRが互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In formula (PA-1), - two R P included in "A 1 -N -A 2 'are bonded to each other may form a ring.
 一般式(PA-1)中、Mは、カチオンを表す。
 Mのカチオンは、有機カチオンが好ましい。
 上記有機カチオンは、それぞれ独立に、一般式(ZaI)で表されるカチオン(カチオン(ZaI))又は一般式(ZaII)で表されるカチオン(カチオン(ZaII))が好ましい。
In the general formula (PA-1), M + represents a cation.
The M + cation is preferably an organic cation.
The organic cations are preferably cations represented by the general formula (ZaI) (cations (ZaI)) or cations represented by the general formula (ZaII) (cations (ZaII)) independently of each other.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 上記一般式(ZaI)において、
 R201、R202、及びR203は、それぞれ独立に、有機基を表す。
 R201、R202、及びR203としての有機基の炭素数は、通常1~30であり、1~20が好ましい。また、R201~R203のうち2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又は、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203の内の2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、アルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基)、及び、-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-が挙げられる。
In the above general formula (ZaI)
R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 each independently represent an organic group.
The carbon number of the organic group as R 201 , R 202 , and R 203 is usually 1 to 30, preferably 1 to 20. Further, two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and the ring may contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. The two of the group formed by bonding of the R 201 ~ R 203, for example, an alkylene group (e.g., butylene, pentylene), and, -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 - Can be mentioned.
 一般式(ZaI)におけるカチオンとしては、例えば、後述する、カチオン(ZaI-1)、カチオン(ZaI-2)、一般式(ZaI-3b)で表されるカチオン(カチオン(ZaI-3b))、及び、一般式(ZaI-4b)で表されるカチオン(カチオン(ZaI-4b))が挙げられる。 Examples of the cation in the general formula (ZaI) include a cation (ZaI-1), a cation (ZaI-2), and a cation represented by the general formula (ZaI-3b) (cation (ZaI-3b)), which will be described later. In addition, a cation represented by the general formula (ZaI-4b) (cation (ZaI-4b)) can be mentioned.
 まず、カチオン(ZaI-1)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-1)は、上記一般式(ZaI)のR201~R203の少なくとも1つがアリール基である、アリールスルホニウムカチオンである。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンは、R201~R203の全てがアリール基でもよいし、R201~R203の一部がアリール基であり、残りがアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基であってもよい。
 また、R201~R203のうちの1つがアリール基であり、R201~R203のうちの残りの2つが結合して環構造を形成してもよく、環内に酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、又は、カルボニル基を含んでいてもよい。R201~R203のうちの2つが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、1つ以上のメチレン基が酸素原子、硫黄原子、エステル基、アミド基、及び/又はカルボニル基で置換されていてもよいアルキレン基(例えば、ブチレン基、ペンチレン基、又は-CH-CH-O-CH-CH-)が挙げられる。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンとしては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、アリールジアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、ジアリールシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオン、及び、アリールジシクロアルキルスルホニウムカチオンが挙げられる。
First, the cation (ZaI-1) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-1) is an aryl sulfonium cation in which at least one of R 201 to R 203 of the above general formula (ZaI) is an aryl group.
As the aryl sulfonium cation, all of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, or a part of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group and the rest may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group.
Further, one of R 201 to R 203 may be an aryl group, and the remaining two of R 201 to R 203 may be bonded to form a ring structure, and an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, and the like may be formed in the ring. It may contain an ester group, an amide group, or a carbonyl group. As a group formed by bonding two of R 201 to R 203 , for example, one or more methylene groups are substituted with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, an ester group, an amide group, and / or a carbonyl group. also an alkylene group (e.g., butylene group, pentylene group, or -CH 2 -CH 2 -O-CH 2 -CH 2 -) and the like.
Examples of the aryl sulfonium cation include a triaryl sulfonium cation, a diallyl alkyl sulfonium cation, an aryl dialkyl sulfonium cation, a diallyl cycloalkyl sulfonium cation, and an aryl dicycloalkyl sulfonium cation.
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンに含まれるアリール基は、フェニル基又はナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。アリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環構造を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環構造としては、例えば、ピロール残基、フラン残基、チオフェン残基、インドール残基、ベンゾフラン残基、及び、ベンゾチオフェン残基等が挙げられる。アリールスルホニウムカチオンが2つ以上のアリール基を有する場合に、2つ以上あるアリール基は同一であっても異なっていてもよい。
 アリールスルホニウムカチオンが必要に応じて有しているアルキル基又はシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~15の直鎖状アルキル基、炭素数3~15の分岐鎖状アルキル基、又は、炭素数3~15のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、n-ブチル基、sec-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。
The aryl group contained in the arylsulfonium cation is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group may be an aryl group having a heterocyclic structure having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the heterocyclic structure include pyrrole residues, furan residues, thiophene residues, indole residues, benzofuran residues, benzothiophene residues and the like. When the aryl sulfonium cation has two or more aryl groups, the two or more aryl groups may be the same or different.
The alkyl group or cycloalkyl group that the arylsulfonium cation has as needed is a linear alkyl group having 1 to 15 carbon atoms, a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms, or a branched alkyl group having 3 to 15 carbon atoms. A cycloalkyl group of 15 is preferable, and examples thereof include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an n-butyl group, a sec-butyl group, a t-butyl group, a cyclopropyl group, a cyclobutyl group, and a cyclohexyl group.
 R201~R203のアリール基、アルキル基、及び、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~14)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキルアルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、又は、フェニルチオ基が好ましい。
 上記置換基は可能な場合は更に置換基を有していてもよく、例えば、上記アルキル基が置換基としてハロゲン原子を有して、トリフルオロメチル基等のハロゲン化アルキル基となっていてもよい。
The aryl group, alkyl group, and substituent that the cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 may have are independently an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, carbon number of carbon atoms). 3 to 15), aryl group (for example, 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkylalkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), halogen atom, hydroxyl group, or phenylthio group. preferable.
The above-mentioned substituent may further have a substituent when possible. For example, even if the above-mentioned alkyl group has a halogen atom as a substituent and is an alkyl halide group such as a trifluoromethyl group. Good.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-2)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-2)は、式(ZaI)におけるR201~R203が、それぞれ独立に、芳香環を有さない有機基を表すカチオンである。ここで芳香環とは、ヘテロ原子を含む芳香族環も包含する。
 R201~R203としての芳香環を有さない有機基は、一般的に炭素数1~30であり、炭素数1~20が好ましい。
 R201~R203は、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリル基、又はビニル基が好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、又は、アルコキシカルボニルメチル基がより好ましく、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状の2-オキソアルキル基が更に好ましい。
Next, the cation (ZaI-2) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-2) is a cation in which R 201 to R 203 in the formula (ZaI) independently represent an organic group having no aromatic ring. Here, the aromatic ring also includes an aromatic ring containing a hetero atom.
The organic group having no aromatic ring as R 201 to R 203 generally has 1 to 30 carbon atoms, and preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 201 to R 203 are each independently preferably an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, and are linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl groups, 2-oxocycloalkyl groups, or Alkoxycarbonylmethyl groups are more preferred, and linear or branched 2-oxoalkyl groups are even more preferred.
 R201~R203のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基としては、例えば、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、及び、ペンチル基)、並びに、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えば、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、ノルボルニル基)が挙げられる。
 R201~R203は、ハロゲン原子、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~5)、水酸基、シアノ基、又は、ニトロ基によって更に置換されていてもよい。
Examples of the alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 201 to R 203 include a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a propyl group). Groups, butyl groups, and pentyl groups), and cycloalkyl groups having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, cyclopentyl groups, cyclohexyl groups, and norbornyl groups) can be mentioned.
R 201 to R 203 may be further substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 5 carbon atoms), a hydroxyl group, a cyano group, or a nitro group.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-3b)について説明する。
 カチオン(ZaI-3b)は、下記一般式(ZaI-3b)で表されるカチオンである。
Next, the cation (ZaI-3b) will be described.
The cation (ZaI-3b) is a cation represented by the following general formula (ZaI-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 一般式(ZaI-3b)中、
 R1c~R5cは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルコキシ基、アリールオキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニルオキシ基、シクロアルキルカルボニルオキシ基、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、ニトロ基、アルキルチオ基、又は、アリールチオ基を表す。
 R6c及びR7cは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基(t-ブチル基等)、シクロアルキル基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は、アリール基を表す。
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、2-オキソアルキル基、2-オキソシクロアルキル基、アルコキシカルボニルアルキル基、アリル基、又は、ビニル基を表す。
In the general formula (ZaI-3b),
R 1c to R 5c independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkoxy group, an aryloxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyloxy group, a cycloalkylcarbonyloxy group, a halogen atom, and a hydroxyl group. , Nitro group, alkylthio group, or arylthio group.
R 6c and R 7c independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (t-butyl group, etc.), a cycloalkyl group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an aryl group.
R x and R y independently represent an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, a 2-oxoalkyl group, a 2-oxocycloalkyl group, an alkoxycarbonylalkyl group, an allyl group, or a vinyl group, respectively.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R5cとR6c、R6cとR7c、R5cとR、及びRとRは、それぞれ結合して環を形成してもよく、この環は、それぞれ独立に酸素原子、硫黄原子、ケトン基、エステル結合、又は、アミド結合を含んでいてもよい。
 上記環としては、例えば、芳香族又は非芳香族の炭化水素環、芳香族又は非芳香族のヘテロ環、及びこれらの環が2つ以上組み合わされてなる多環縮合環が挙げられる。環は、3~10員環が挙げられ、4~8員環が好ましく、5又は6員環がより好ましい。
Any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 5c and R 6c , R 6c and R 7c , R 5c and R x , and R x and R y may be combined to form a ring, respectively. , This ring may independently contain an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, a ketone group, an ester bond, or an amide bond.
Examples of the ring include an aromatic or non-aromatic hydrocarbon ring, an aromatic or non-aromatic heterocycle, and a polycyclic condensed ring formed by combining two or more of these rings. The ring includes a 3- to 10-membered ring, preferably a 4- to 8-membered ring, and more preferably a 5- or 6-membered ring.
 R1c~R5c中のいずれか2つ以上、R6cとR7c、及び、RとRが結合して形成する基としては、例えば、ブチレン基及びペンチレン基等のアルキレン基が挙げられる。このアルキレン基中のメチレン基が酸素原子等のヘテロ原子で置換されていてもよい。
 R5cとR6c、及び、R5cとRが結合して形成する基は、単結合又はアルキレン基が好ましい。アルキレン基としては、例えば、メチレン基及びエチレン基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the group formed by combining any two or more of R 1c to R 5c , R 6c and R 7c , and R x and R y include an alkylene group such as a butylene group and a pentylene group. .. The methylene group in the alkylene group may be substituted with a hetero atom such as an oxygen atom.
The group formed by bonding R 5c and R 6c , and R 5c and R x is preferably a single bond or an alkylene group. Examples of the alkylene group include a methylene group and an ethylene group.
 次に、カチオン(ZaI-4b)について説明する。カチオン(ZaI-4b)は、下記一般式(ZaI-4b)で表されるカチオンである。 Next, the cation (ZaI-4b) will be described. The cation (ZaI-4b) is a cation represented by the following general formula (ZaI-4b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 一般式(ZaI-4b)中、
 lは0~2の整数を表す。
 rは0~8の整数を表す。
 R13は、水素原子、フッ素原子、水酸基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、又は、シクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有していてもよい。
 R14は、水酸基、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルコキシカルボニル基、アルキルカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、シクロアルキルスルホニル基、又は、シクロアルキル基を有する基(シクロアルキル基そのものであってもよく、シクロアルキル基を一部に含む基であってもよい)を表す。これらの基は置換基を有していてもよい。R14は、複数存在する場合はそれぞれ独立して、水酸基等の上記基を表す。
 R15は、それぞれ独立して、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、ナフチル基を表す。これらの基は置換基を有していてもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。2つのR15が互いに結合して環を形成するとき、環骨格内に、酸素原子、又は、窒素原子等のヘテロ原子を含んでもよい。一態様において、2つのR15がアルキレン基であり、互いに結合して環構造を形成するのが好ましい。
In the general formula (ZaI-4b),
l represents an integer of 0 to 2.
r represents an integer from 0 to 8.
R 13 is a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (the cycloalkyl group itself may be used, and a group containing a cycloalkyl group as a part). May be). These groups may have substituents.
R 14 is a hydroxyl group, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, an alkoxycarbonyl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, a cycloalkylsulfonyl group, or a group having a cycloalkyl group (the cycloalkyl group itself may be a cycloalkyl group). It may be a group containing a group as a part). These groups may have substituents. When a plurality of R 14 are present, each independently represents the above group such as a hydroxyl group.
R 15 independently represents an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a naphthyl group. These groups may have substituents. Bonded to two R 15 each other may form a ring. When two R 15 are combined to form a ring together, in the ring skeleton, an oxygen atom, or may contain a hetero atom such as nitrogen atom. In one embodiment, two R 15 is an alkylene group, preferably bonded together to form a ring structure.
 一般式(ZaI-4b)において、R13、R14、及び、R15のアルキル基は、直鎖状又は分岐鎖状である。アルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましい。アルキル基は、メチル基、エチル基、n-ブチル基、又は、t-ブチル基等がより好ましい。 In the general formula (ZaI-4b), the alkyl groups of R 13 , R 14 and R 15 are linear or branched chain. The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms. The alkyl group is more preferably a methyl group, an ethyl group, an n-butyl group, a t-butyl group or the like.
 次に、一般式(ZaII)について説明する。一般式(ZaII)中、R204及びR205は、それぞれ独立に、アリール基、アルキル基、又は、シクロアルキル基を表す。
 R204及びR205のアリール基は、フェニル基、又は、ナフチル基が好ましく、フェニル基がより好ましい。R204及びR205のアリール基は、酸素原子、窒素原子、又は、硫黄原子等を有するヘテロ環を有するアリール基であってもよい。ヘテロ環を有するアリール基の骨格としては、例えば、ピロール、フラン、チオフェン、インドール、ベンゾフラン、及び、ベンゾチオフェン等が挙げられる。
 R204及びR205のアルキル基及びシクロアルキル基は、炭素数1~10の直鎖状アルキル基又は炭素数3~10の分岐鎖状アルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、ブチル基、又はペンチル基)、又は、炭素数3~10のシクロアルキル基(例えばシクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、又はノルボルニル基)が好ましい。
Next, the general formula (ZaII) will be described. In the general formula (ZaII), R 204 and R 205 each independently represent an aryl group, an alkyl group, or a cycloalkyl group.
The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and more preferably a phenyl group. The aryl group of R 204 and R 205 may be an aryl group having a heterocycle having an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or the like. Examples of the skeleton of the aryl group having a heterocycle include pyrrole, furan, thiophene, indole, benzofuran, and benzothiophene.
The alkyl group and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 are a linear alkyl group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms or a branched chain alkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, butyl group). A group or a pentyl group) or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, or a norbornyl group) is preferable.
 R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及び、シクロアルキル基は、それぞれ独立に、置換基を有していてもよい。R204及びR205のアリール基、アルキル基、及び、シクロアルキル基が有していてもよい置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基(例えば炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(例えば炭素数3~15)、アリール基(例えば炭素数6~15)、アルコキシ基(例えば炭素数1~15)、ハロゲン原子、水酸基、及び、フェニルチオ基等が挙げられる。 The aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may each independently have a substituent. Examples of the substituents that the aryl group, alkyl group, and cycloalkyl group of R 204 and R 205 may have include an alkyl group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms) and a cycloalkyl group (for example, 3 carbon atoms). ~ 15), an aryl group (for example, 6 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkoxy group (for example, 1 to 15 carbon atoms), a halogen atom, a hydroxyl group, a phenylthio group and the like.
(一般式(PB)で表される化合物)
 光酸発生剤は、一般式(PB)で表される化合物を含むのも好ましい。
 A-L-B M (PB)
(Compound represented by the general formula (PB))
The photoacid generator preferably contains a compound represented by the general formula (PB).
M 1 + A - - LB M 2 + (PB)
 一般式(PB)で表される化合物は、通常の光酸発生剤に相当する機能を有する構造(「M -」に相当する部分)と、酸拡散制御剤に相当する機能を有する構造(「-B M 」に相当する部分)との両方を一分子中に含むため、レジスト膜中で、上記構造のそれぞれの存在比率を一定にできる。
 そのため、レジスト膜が露光された際にも、レジスト膜中で生じる酸の量及び拡散が均一になりやすく、現像後に得られるパターンの幅が安定する、と本発明者らは推測している。
The compound represented by formula (PB), the structure having a function equivalent to an ordinary photoacid generator - and ( "M 1 + A -" portion corresponding to), a function corresponding to the acid diffusion controller structure with - to include both the (part corresponding to "-B M 2 +") in the molecule, a resist film can be constant each occurrence ratio of the structure.
Therefore, the present inventors presume that even when the resist film is exposed, the amount and diffusion of the acid generated in the resist film tends to be uniform, and the width of the pattern obtained after development is stable.
 一般式(PB)中、M 及びM は、それぞれ独立に、有機カチオンを表す。
 M 及びM の有機カチオンは、それぞれ独立に、一般式(PA-1)のMについての説明の中で挙げた有機カチオンが同様に使用できる。
In formula (PB), M 1 + and M 2 + each independently represents an organic cation.
M 1 + and M 2 + organic cation, each independently, an organic cation listed in the description of the M + of the general formula (PA-1) can be used as well.
 一般式(PB)中、Lは、2価の有機基を表す。
 上記2価の有機基としては、例えば、-COO-、-CONH-、-CO-、アルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数1~6。直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい)、シクロアルキレン基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アルケニレン基(好ましくは炭素数2~6)、及び、これらの複数を組み合わせた2価の連結基等が挙げられる。
 上記シクロアルキレン基のシクロアルカン環を構成するメチレン基の1個以上が、カルボニル炭素及び/又はヘテロ原子(酸素原子等)で置き換わっていてもよい。
 これらの2価の連結基は、更に、-O-、-S-、-SO-、及び、-SO-からなる群から選択される基を有するのも好ましい。
In the general formula (PB), L represents a divalent organic group.
Examples of the divalent organic group include -COO-, -CONH-, -CO-, an alkylene group (preferably having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, which may be linear or branched), and a cycloalkylene group (preferably. 3 to 15 carbon atoms), an alkenylene group (preferably 2 to 6 carbon atoms), and a divalent linking group obtained by combining a plurality of these groups can be mentioned.
One or more of the methylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring of the cycloalkylene group may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon and / or a hetero atom (oxygen atom or the like).
These divalent linking groups also preferably have a group selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -SO-, and -SO 2-.
 中でも、Lは、下記一般式(L)で表される基であるのが好ましい。
*A-LA-LB-LC-LD-LE-*B (L)
Above all, L is preferably a group represented by the following general formula (L).
* A-LA-LB-LC-LD-LE- * B (L)
 一般式(L)中、*Aは、一般式(PB)におけるAとの結合位置を表す。一般式(L)中、*Bは、一般式(PB)におけるBとの結合位置を表す。 In the general formula (L), * A represents the connection position with A − in the general formula (PB). In the general formula (L), * B represents the connection position with B − in the general formula (PB).
 一般式(L)中、LAは、-(C(RLA1)(RLA2))XA-を表す。
 上記XAは、1以上の整数を表し、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 RLA1及びRLA2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 RLA1及びRLA2の置換基は、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子又はフルオロアルキル基が好ましく、フッ素原子又はパーフルオロアルキル基がより好ましく、フッ素原子又はパーフルオロメチル基が更に好ましい。
 XAが2以上の場合、XA個存在するRLA1は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 XAが2以上の場合、XA個存在するRLA2は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 -(C(RLA1)(RLA2))-は、-CH-、-CHF-、-CH(CF)-、又は、-CF-が好ましい。
 中でも、一般式(PB)中のAと直接結合する-(C(RLA1)(RLA2))-は、-CH-、-CHF-、-CH(CF)-、又は、-CF-が好ましい。
 一般式(PB)中のAと直接結合する-(C(RLA1)(RLA2))-以外の-(C(RLA1)(RLA2))-は、それぞれ独立に、-CH-、-CHF-、又は、-CF-が好ましい。
In the general formula (L), LA represents − (C (R LA1 ) (R LA2 )) XA −.
The XA represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.
R LA1 and R LA2 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
The substituents of R LA1 and R LA2 are independently preferably a fluorine atom or a fluoroalkyl group, more preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group, and further preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoromethyl group.
When the number of XA is 2 or more, the R LA1s in which XA are present may be the same or different.
When the number of XA is 2 or more, the R LA2 having XA may be the same or different.
-(C (R LA1 ) (R LA2 ))-is preferably -CH 2- , -CHF-, -CH (CF 3 )-, or -CF 2- .
Above all, the general formula (PB) in A - and a direct bond to - (C (R LA1) ( R LA2)) - is, -CH 2 -, - CHF - , - CH (CF 3) -, or - CF 2 -is preferable.
Formula (PB) in A - and a direct bond to - (C (R LA1) ( R LA2)) - other than the - (C (R LA1) ( R LA2)) - are each independently, -CH 2 -, -CHF-, or -CF 2 --is preferable.
 一般式(L)中、LBは、単結合、エステル基(-COO-)、又は、スルホニル基(-SO-)を表す。 In the general formula (L), LB represents a single bond, an ester group (-COO-), or a sulfonyl group (-SO 2- ).
 一般式(L)中、LCは、単結合、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、又は、これらを組み合わせてなる基(「-アルキレン基-シクロアルキレン基-」等)を表す。
 上記アルキレン基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。
 上記アルキレン基の炭素数は、1~5が好ましく、1~2がより好ましく、1が更に好ましい上記シクロアルキレン基の炭素数は、3~15が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキレン基は単環でも多環でもよい。
 上記シクロアルキレン基としては、例えば、ノルボルナンジイル基、及びアダマンタンジイル基が挙げられる。
 上記シクロアルキレン基が有してもよい置換基は、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~5)が好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキレン基のシクロアルカン環を構成するメチレン基の1個以上が、カルボニル炭素及び/又はヘテロ原子(酸素原子等)で置き換わっていてもよい。
 LCが、「-アルキレン基-シクロアルキレン基-」の場合、アルキレン基部分は、LB側に存在するのが好ましい。
 LBが単結合の場合、LCは、単結合又はシクロアルキレン基が好ましい。
In the general formula (L), LC represents a single bond, an alkylene group, a cycloalkylene group, or a group composed of a combination thereof (such as "-alkylene group-cycloalkylene group-").
The alkylene group may be linear or branched.
The carbon number of the alkylene group is preferably 1 to 5, more preferably 1 to 2, further preferably 1, and the number of carbon atoms of the cycloalkylene group is preferably 3 to 15, more preferably 5 to 10.
The cycloalkylene group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
Examples of the cycloalkylene group include a norbornanediyl group and an adamantandiyl group.
The substituent that the cycloalkylene group may have is preferably an alkyl group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
One or more of the methylene groups constituting the cycloalkane ring of the cycloalkylene group may be replaced with a carbonyl carbon and / or a hetero atom (oxygen atom or the like).
When the LC is "-alkylene group-cycloalkylene group-", the alkylene group portion is preferably present on the LB side.
When the LB is a single bond, the LC is preferably a single bond or a cycloalkylene group.
 一般式(L)中、LDは、単結合、エーテル基(-O-)、カルボニル基(-CO-)、又はエステル基(-COO-)を表す。 In the general formula (L), LD represents a single bond, an ether group (-O-), a carbonyl group (-CO-), or an ester group (-COO-).
 一般式(L)中、LEは、単結合又は-(C(RLE1)(RLE2))XE-を表す。
 上記-(C(RLE1)(RLE2))XE-におけるXEは、1以上の整数を表し、1~10が好ましく、1~3がより好ましい。
 RLE1及びRLE2は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は置換基を表す。
 XEが2以上の場合、XE個存在するRLE1は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 XEが2以上の場合、XE個存在するRLE2は、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 中でも、-(C(RLE1)(RLE2))-は、-CH-が好ましい。一般式(L)中、LB、LC、及びLDが単結合の場合、LEも単結合であるのが好ましい。
In the general formula (L), LE is a single bond or - (C (R LE1) ( R LE2)) XE - represents a.
XE in- (C (R LE1) (R LE2 )) XE- represents an integer of 1 or more, preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 3.
R LE1 and R LE2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent.
When the number of XEs is 2 or more, the R LE1s having XEs may be the same or different from each other.
When the number of XEs is 2 or more, the R LE2s having XEs may be the same or different from each other.
Among them, -(C (R LE1 ) (R LE2 ))-is preferably -CH 2-. In the general formula (L), when LB, LC, and LD are single bonds, it is preferable that LE is also a single bond.
 一般式(PB)中、Aは、酸アニオン基を表す。
 酸アニオン基は、アニオン原子を有する基である。
 Aは、具体的には、一般式(A-1)~(A-2)のいずれかで表される基であるのが好ましい。
In the general formula (PB), A represents an acid anion group.
An acid anion group is a group having an anion atom.
Specifically, A is preferably a group represented by any of the general formulas (A-1) to (A-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 一般式(A-1)~(A-2)中、*は、結合位置を表す。
 一般式(A-2)中、Rは、有機基を表す。
 Rは、アルキル基が好ましい。
 上記アルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。
 上記アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、フッ素原子が好ましい。
 置換基としてフッ素原子を有する上記アルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基となっていてもよいし、ならなくてもよい。
In the general formulas (A-1) to (A-2), * represents a bonding position.
In the general formula (A-2), RA represents an organic group.
RA is preferably an alkyl group.
The alkyl group may be linear or branched.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a fluorine atom.
The alkyl group having a fluorine atom as a substituent may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group.
 一般式(PB)中、Bは、一般式(B-1)~(B-4)のいずれかで表される基を表す。
 Bは、一般式(B-1)~(B-3)のいずれかで表される基が好ましく、一般式(B-1)~(B-2)のいずれかで表される基がより好ましい。
In the general formula (PB), B represents a group represented by any of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-4).
B is preferably a group represented by any of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-3), and a group represented by any of the general formulas (B-1) to (B-2) is preferable. More preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 一般式(B-1)~(B-4)中、*は、結合位置を表す。
 一般式(B-1)~(B-4)中、Rは、有機基を表す。
 Rは、シクロアルキル基又はアルキル基が好ましい。
 Rがシクロアルキル基である場合、上記シクロアルキル基の炭素数は、3~15が好ましく、5~10がより好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基は単環でも多環でもよい。
 上記シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、ノルボルニル基、及び、アダマンチル基が挙げられる。
 上記シクロアルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、アルキル基(直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~5)が好ましい。
 上記シクロアルキル基の環員原子である炭素原子のうちの1個以上が、カルボニル炭素原子で置き換わっていてもよい。
 Rがアルキル基である場合、上記アルキル基は、直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよい。
 上記アルキル基の炭素数は1~10が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。
 上記アルキル基が有してもよい置換基は、シクロアルキル基、フッ素原子、又は、シアノ基が好ましい。
 上記置換基としてのシクロアルキル基の例としては、Rがシクロアルキル基である場合において説明したシクロアルキル基が同様に挙げられる。
 上記アルキル基が、上記置換基としてのフッ素原子を有する場合、上記アルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基となっていてもよいし、ならなくてもよい。上記アルキル基が、上記置換基としてのフッ素原子を有する場合、上記アルキル基の一部又は全部がパーフルオロメチル基であるのも好ましい。
In the general formulas (B-1) to (B-4), * represents a bonding position.
In the general formula (B-1) ~ (B -4), R B represents an organic group.
R B is a cycloalkyl group or an alkyl group.
If R B is a cycloalkyl group, the carbon number of the cycloalkyl group is preferably 3 to 15, and more preferably 5-10.
The cycloalkyl group may be monocyclic or polycyclic.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group include a norbornyl group and an adamantyl group.
The substituent that the cycloalkyl group may have is preferably an alkyl group (linear or branched chain, preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms).
One or more of the carbon atoms which are ring-membered atoms of the cycloalkyl group may be replaced with carbonyl carbon atoms.
If R B is an alkyl group, the alkyl group may be either linear or branched.
The alkyl group preferably has 1 to 10 carbon atoms, and more preferably 1 to 5 carbon atoms.
The substituent that the alkyl group may have is preferably a cycloalkyl group, a fluorine atom, or a cyano group.
Examples of the cycloalkyl group as the substituent, R B is a cycloalkyl group as described in the case a cycloalkyl group as well.
When the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, the alkyl group may or may not be a perfluoroalkyl group. When the alkyl group has a fluorine atom as the substituent, it is also preferable that a part or all of the alkyl group is a perfluoromethyl group.
 一般式(PB)で表される化合物のM 及びM がそれぞれ水素原子で置換されたHA-L-BHで表される化合物において、HAで表される基のpKaは、BHで表される基のpKaよりも低い。
 より具体的には、HA-L-BHで表される化合物について酸解離定数を求めた場合において、「HA-L-BH」が「A-L-BH」となる際のpKaを「HAで表される基のpKa」とし、更に、「A-L-BH」が「A-L-B」となる際のpKaを「BHで表される基のpKa」とする。
 「HAで表される基のpKa」及び「BHで表される基のpKa」は、それぞれ、「ソフトウェアパッケージ1」又は「Gaussian16」を用いて求める。
 中でも、HAで表される基のpKaは、-12.00~1.00が好ましく、-7.00~0.50がより好ましく、-5.00~0.00が更に好ましい。
 HBで表される基のpKaは、-4.00~14.00が好ましく、-2.00~12.00がより好ましく、-1.00~5.00が更に好ましい。
 HBで表される基のpKaとHAで表される基のpKaとの差(「HBで表される基のpKa」-「HAで表される基のpKa」)は、0.10~20.00が好ましく、0.50~17.00がより好ましく、2.00~15.00が更に好ましい。
In the compound represented by HA-L-BH in which M 1 + and M 2 + of the compound represented by the general formula (PB) are respectively substituted with hydrogen atoms, the pKa of the group represented by HA is BH. It is lower than the pKa of the represented group.
More specifically, HA-L-BH when obtained an acid dissociation constant for the compound represented by the "HA-L-BH" is - a pKa at which the "A -L-BH""HA and in the pKa of a group represented by "further" a - a pKa of the group represented by "BH a pKa at which the '" - -L-BH "is" a - -L-B.
"PKa of the group represented by HA" and "pKa of the group represented by BH" are obtained by using "Software Package 1" or "Gaussian 16", respectively.
Among them, the pKa of the group represented by HA is preferably -12.00 to 1.00, more preferably -7.00 to 0.50, and even more preferably -5.00 to 0.00.
The pKa of the group represented by HB is preferably -4.00 to 14.00, more preferably -2.00 to 12.00, and even more preferably -1.00 to 5.00.
The difference between the pKa of the group represented by HB and the pKa of the group represented by HA (“pKa of the group represented by HB”-“pKa of the group represented by HA”) is 0.10 to 20. It is preferably .00, more preferably 0.50 to 17.00, and even more preferably 2.00 to 15.00.
(その他の光酸発生剤)
 レジスト組成物は、上述した以外のその他の光酸発生剤を使用してもよい。
 その他の光酸発生剤としては、例えば、「M(Mはカチオンを表しZはアニオンを表す)」で表される化合物(オニウム塩)が挙げられる。
(Other photoacid generators)
As the resist composition, other photoacid generators other than those described above may be used.
Other photoacid generators, for example, "M + Z - (M + represents a cation and Z - represents an anion)" include compounds represented by (onium salt).
 「M Z」で表される化合物において、Mは、カチオンを表し、一般式(PA-1)におけるカチオンと同様のカチオンが挙げられる。
 「M Z」で表される化合物において、Zは、アニオンを表し、求核反応を起こす能力が著しく低いアニオンが好ましい。
 上記アニオンとしては、例えば、スルホン酸アニオン(フルオロアルキルスルホン酸アニオン等の脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、及び、カンファースルホン酸アニオン等)、カルボン酸アニオン(脂肪族カルボン酸アニオン、芳香族カルボン酸アニオン、及び、アラルキルカルボン酸アニオン等)、及び、トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが挙げられる。
"M + Z -" in a compound represented by, M + represents a cation, include the same cations as the cation in formula (PA-1).
In the compounds represented by, Z - "M + Z" - represents an anion, the ability of causing a nucleophilic reaction is extremely low anion preferred.
Examples of the anion include sulfonic acid anions (aliphatic sulfonic acid anions such as fluoroalkyl sulfonic acid anions, aromatic sulfonic acid anions, camphor sulfonic acid anions, etc.) and carboxylic acid anions (aliphatic carboxylic acid anions, aromatics). Group carboxylic acid anions, aralkyl carboxylic acid anions, etc.), and tris (alkylsulfonyl) methide anions.
 脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン及び脂肪族カルボン酸アニオンにおける脂肪族部位は、アルキル基であってもシクロアルキル基であってもよく、炭素数1~30の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、及び、炭素数3~30のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。 The aliphatic moiety in the aliphatic sulfonic acid anion and the aliphatic carboxylic acid anion may be an alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and may be a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms. , A cycloalkyl group having 3 to 30 carbon atoms is preferable.
 芳香族スルホン酸アニオン及び芳香族カルボン酸アニオンにおける芳香環基は、炭素数6~14のアリール基が好ましく、例えば、フェニル基、トリル基、及び、ナフチル基が挙げられる。 The aromatic ring group in the aromatic sulfonic acid anion and the aromatic carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aryl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, and a naphthyl group.
 上記で挙げたアルキル基、シクロアルキル基、及び、アリール基が有し得る置換基としては、例えば、ニトロ基、フッ素原子等のハロゲン原子、カルボン酸基、水酸基、アミノ基、シアノ基、アルコキシ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~15)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、アルコキシカルボニル基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アシル基(好ましくは炭素数2~12)、アルコキシカルボニルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数2~7)、アルキルチオ基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アルキルイミノスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数1~15)、アリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)、アルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数7~20)、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基(好ましくは炭素数10~20)、アルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数5~20)、及び、シクロアルキルアルキルオキシアルキルオキシ基(好ましくは炭素数8~20)が挙げられる。 Examples of the substituents that the alkyl group, cycloalkyl group, and aryl group mentioned above can have include a halogen atom such as a nitro group and a fluorine atom, a carboxylic acid group, a hydroxyl group, an amino group, a cyano group, and an alkoxy group. (Preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 15 carbon atoms), aryl group (preferably 6 to 14 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyl group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), acyl group (Preferably 2 to 12 carbon atoms), alkoxycarbonyloxy group (preferably 2 to 7 carbon atoms), alkylthio group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkylsulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), alkyl Iminosulfonyl group (preferably 1 to 15 carbon atoms), aryloxysulfonyl group (preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms), alkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms), cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group (preferably 7 to 20 carbon atoms) 10 to 20 carbon atoms), an alkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably 5 to 20 carbon atoms), and a cycloalkylalkyloxyalkyloxy group (preferably 8 to 20 carbon atoms).
 アラルキルカルボン酸アニオンにおけるアラルキル基は、炭素数7~12のアラルキル基が好ましく、例えば、ベンジル基、フェネチル基、ナフチルメチル基、ナフチルエチル基、及び、ナフチルブチル基が挙げられる。 The aralkyl group in the aralkyl carboxylic acid anion is preferably an aralkyl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms, and examples thereof include a benzyl group, a phenethyl group, a naphthylmethyl group, a naphthylethyl group, and a naphthylbutyl group.
 トリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンにおけるアルキル基は、炭素数1~5のアルキル基が好ましい。これらのアルキル基の置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、ハロゲン原子で置換されたアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アルキルチオ基、アルキルオキシスルホニル基、アリールオキシスルホニル基、及び、シクロアルキルアリールオキシスルホニル基が挙げられ、フッ素原子又はフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基が好ましい。 The alkyl group in the tris (alkylsulfonyl) methideanion is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent of these alkyl groups include a halogen atom, an alkyl group substituted with a halogen atom, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group, an alkyloxysulfonyl group, an aryloxysulfonyl group, and a cycloalkylaryloxysulfonyl group. However, an alkyl group substituted with a fluorine atom or a fluorine atom is preferable.
 その他の非求核性アニオンとしては、例えば、フッ素化燐(例えば、PF )、フッ素化ホウ素(例えば、BF )、及び、フッ素化アンチモン(例えば、SbF )が挙げられる。 As other non-nucleophilic anions, e.g., fluorinated phosphorus (e.g., PF 6 -), fluorinated boron (e.g., BF 4 -), and fluorinated antimony (e.g., SbF 6 -) and the like.
 非求核性アニオンは、スルホン酸の少なくともα位がフッ素原子で置換された脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン、フッ素原子若しくはフッ素原子を有する基で置換された芳香族スルホン酸アニオン、又は、アルキル基がフッ素原子で置換されたトリス(アルキルスルホニル)メチドアニオンが好ましい。中でも、パーフロロ脂肪族スルホン酸アニオン(好ましくは炭素数4~8)、又は、フッ素原子を有するベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンがより好ましく、ノナフロロブタンスルホン酸アニオン、パーフロロオクタンスルホン酸アニオン、ペンタフロロベンゼンスルホン酸アニオン、又は、3,5-ビス(トリフロロメチル)ベンゼンスルホン酸アニオンが更に好ましい。 The non-nucleophilic anion is an aliphatic sulfonic acid anion in which at least the α position of the sulfonic acid is substituted with a fluorine atom, an aromatic sulfonic acid anion in which a fluorine atom or a group having a fluorine atom is substituted, or an alkyl group in which fluorine is used. Atomically substituted tris (alkylsulfonyl) methideanions are preferred. Among them, perfluoroaliphatic sulfonic acid anion (preferably 4 to 8 carbon atoms) or benzenesulfonic acid anion having a fluorine atom is more preferable, and nonafluorobutanesulfonic acid anion, perfluorooctanesulfonic acid anion, pentafluorobenzenesulfone. Acid anions or 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) benzenesulfonic acid anions are more preferred.
 酸強度の点からは、発生酸のpKaが-1以下であるのが、感度向上のために好ましい。 From the viewpoint of acid strength, it is preferable that the pKa of the generated acid is -1 or less in order to improve the sensitivity.
 また、非求核性アニオンは、以下の一般式(AN1)で表されるアニオンも好ましい。 Further, as the non-nucleophilic anion, an anion represented by the following general formula (AN1) is also preferable.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
 式中、Xfは、それぞれ独立に、フッ素原子、又は、少なくとも1つのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基を表す。
 R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、フッ素原子、又は、アルキル基を表し、複数存在する場合のR及びRは、それぞれ同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Lは、2価の連結基を表し、複数存在する場合のLは同一でも異なっていてもよい。
 Aは、環状の有機基を表す。
 xは1~20の整数を表し、yは0~10の整数を表し、zは0~10の整数を表す。
In the formula, Xf independently represents a fluorine atom or an alkyl group substituted with at least one fluorine atom.
R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom, a fluorine atom, or an alkyl group, and when a plurality of them are present, R 1 and R 2 may be the same or different, respectively.
L represents a divalent linking group, and when there are a plurality of L, L may be the same or different.
A represents a cyclic organic group.
x represents an integer of 1 to 20, y represents an integer of 0 to 10, and z represents an integer of 0 to 10.
 一般式(AN1)について、更に詳細に説明する。
 Xfのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基におけるアルキル基の炭素数は、1~10が好ましく、1~4がより好ましい。また、Xfのフッ素原子で置換されたアルキル基は、パーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。
 Xfは、フッ素原子又は炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。Xfは、例えば、フッ素原子、CF、C、C、C、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、及び、CHCH等が挙げられ、中でも、フッ素原子、又は、CFが好ましい。特に、双方のXfがフッ素原子であるのが好ましい。
The general formula (AN1) will be described in more detail.
The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group in the alkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom of Xf is preferably 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 4. The alkyl group substituted with the fluorine atom of Xf is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group.
Xf is preferably a fluorine atom or a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Xf is, for example, fluorine atom, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C. 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 , and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 , among others, fluorine atom or CF. 3 is preferable. In particular, it is preferable that both Xfs are fluorine atoms.
 R及びRのアルキル基は、置換基(好ましくはフッ素原子)を有していてもよく、置換基中の炭素数は1~4が好ましい。置換基は、炭素数1~4のパーフルオロアルキル基が好ましい。R及びRの置換基を有するアルキル基は、例えば、CF、C、C、C、C11、C13、C15、C17、CHCF、CHCHCF、CH、CHCH、CH、CHCH、CH、及び、CHCH等が挙げられ、中でも、CFが好ましい。
 R及びRは、フッ素原子又はCFが好ましい。
The alkyl groups of R 1 and R 2 may have a substituent (preferably a fluorine atom), and the number of carbon atoms in the substituent is preferably 1 to 4. The substituent is preferably a perfluoroalkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. Alkyl groups having substituents for R 1 and R 2 include, for example, CF 3 , C 2 F 5 , C 3 F 7 , C 4 F 9 , C 5 F 11 , C 6 F 13 , C 7 F 15 , C. 8 F 17 , CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 CH 2 CF 3 , CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 CH 2 C 2 F 5 , CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 CH 2 C 3 F 7 , CH 2 C 4 F 9 and CH 2 CH 2 C 4 F 9 and the like can be mentioned, and among them, CF 3 is preferable.
R 1 and R 2 are preferably a fluorine atom or CF 3.
 xは1~10の整数が好ましく、1~5がより好ましい。
 yは0~4の整数が好ましく、0がより好ましい。
 zは0~5の整数が好ましく、0~3の整数がより好ましい。
 Lの2価の連結基としては、例えば、-COO-、-CO-、-O-、-S-、-SO-、-SO-、アルキレン基、シクロアルキレン基、アルケニレン基、及び、これらの複数が連結した連結基等が挙げられ、総炭素数12以下の連結基が好ましい。中でも、-COO-、-CO-、又は、-O-が好ましく、-COO-がより好ましい。
x is preferably an integer of 1 to 10, and more preferably 1 to 5.
y is preferably an integer of 0 to 4, more preferably 0.
z is preferably an integer of 0 to 5, more preferably an integer of 0 to 3.
Examples of the divalent linking group of L include -COO-, -CO- , -O-, -S-, -SO-, -SO 2- , alkylene group, cycloalkylene group, alkenylene group, and these. Examples thereof include a linking group in which a plurality of the above groups are linked, and a linking group having a total carbon number of 12 or less is preferable. Among them, -COO-, -CO-, or -O- is preferable, and -COO- is more preferable.
 Aの環状の有機基は、環状構造を有するものであれば特に限定されず、脂環基、芳香環基、及び、複素環基(芳香族性を有するものだけでなく、芳香族性を有さないものも含む)等が挙げられる。
 脂環基は、単環でも多環でもよく、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、及び、シクロオクチル基等の単環のシクロアルキル基が好ましく、その他にも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の多環のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。中でも、ノルボルニル基、トリシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロデカニル基、テトラシクロドデカニル基、及び、アダマンチル基等の炭素数7以上のかさ高い構造を有する脂環基が、露光後加熱工程での膜中拡散性を抑制でき、MEEF(Mask Error Enhancement Factor)向上の点から好ましい。
 芳香環基としては、例えば、ベンゼン環、ナフタレン環、フェナンスレン環、及び、アントラセン環等が挙げられる。
 複素環基としては、例えば、フラン環、チオフェン環、ベンゾフラン環、ベンゾチオフェン環、ジベンゾフラン環、ジベンゾチオフェン環、及び、ピリジン環等由来の基が挙げられる。中でも、フラン環、チオフェン環、又は、ピリジン環由来の基が好ましい。
The cyclic organic group of A is not particularly limited as long as it has a cyclic structure, and has an alicyclic group, an aromatic ring group, and a heterocyclic group (not only those having aromaticity but also aromaticity). (Including those that do not), etc.
The alicyclic group may be monocyclic or polycyclic, and a monocyclic cycloalkyl group such as a cyclopentyl group, a cyclohexyl group, and a cyclooctyl group is preferable, and in addition, a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, and a tetracyclo Polycyclic cycloalkyl groups such as a decanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group are preferable. Among them, alicyclic groups having a bulky structure having 7 or more carbon atoms, such as a norbornyl group, a tricyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclodecanyl group, a tetracyclododecanyl group, and an adamantyl group, are used in the post-exposure heating step. It is preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the diffusibility in the membrane and improving the MEEF (Mask Error Enhancement Factor).
Examples of the aromatic ring group include a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, a phenanthrene ring, an anthracene ring and the like.
Examples of the heterocyclic group include groups derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, a benzofuran ring, a benzothiophene ring, a dibenzofuran ring, a dibenzothiophene ring, a pyridine ring and the like. Of these, a group derived from a furan ring, a thiophene ring, or a pyridine ring is preferable.
 また、環状の有機基としては、ラクトン構造も挙げられ、具体例としては、前述の一般式(LC1-1)~(LC1-22)で表されるラクトン構造が挙げられる。 Further, examples of the cyclic organic group include a lactone structure, and specific examples thereof include lactone structures represented by the above-mentioned general formulas (LC1-1) to (LC1-22).
 上記環状の有機基は、置換基を有していてもよい。上記置換基は、アルキル基(直鎖状でも、分岐鎖状でもよく、環状構造を含んでいてもよい。好ましくは炭素数1~12)、シクロアルキル基(単環、及び、多環のいずれであってもよく、多環である場合スピロ環であってもよい。好ましくは炭素数は3~20)、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~14)、水酸基、アルコキシ基、エステル基、アミド基、ウレタン基、ウレイド基、チオエーテル基、スルホンアミド基、及び、スルホン酸エステル基等が挙げられる。なお、環状の有機基を構成する炭素(環形成に寄与する炭素)はカルボニル炭素であってもよい。 The cyclic organic group may have a substituent. The substituent may be an alkyl group (linear or branched chain, and may contain a cyclic structure, preferably having 1 to 12 carbon atoms) or a cycloalkyl group (monocyclic or polycyclic). It may be a spiro ring in the case of a polycycle, preferably having a carbon number of 3 to 20), an aryl group (preferably having a carbon number of 6 to 14), a hydroxyl group, an alkoxy group, an ester group, and an amide. Examples thereof include a group, a urethane group, a ureido group, a thioether group, a sulfonamide group, and a sulfonic acid ester group. The carbon constituting the cyclic organic group (carbon that contributes to ring formation) may be a carbonyl carbon.
 また、光酸発生剤はカチオン部とアニオン部を有し、両者が共有結合で連結した構造のベタイン化合物であってもよい。 Further, the photoacid generator may be a betaine compound having a cation portion and an anion portion and having a structure in which both are covalently linked.
 光酸発生剤としては、特開2014-41328号公報の段落[0368]~[0377]、及び、特開2013-228681号公報の段落[0240]~[0262](対応する米国特許出願公開第2015/004533号明細書の[0339])が援用でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。
 また、好ましい具体例として以下の化合物が挙げられる。下記化合物において、可能な場合、アニオンとカチオンとは任意に交換できる。
Examples of the photoacid generator include paragraphs [0368] to [0377] of JP2014-41328 and paragraphs [0240] to [0262] of JP2013-228681 (corresponding US Patent Application Publication No. [0339]) of the specification of 2015/004533 can be incorporated, and these contents are incorporated in the specification of the present application.
Moreover, the following compound is mentioned as a preferable specific example. In the following compounds, anions and cations can be optionally exchanged, if possible.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 レジスト組成物中の光酸発生剤の含有量は特に制限されないが、本発明の効果がより優れる点で、組成物の全固形分に対して、5質量%以上が好ましく、9質量%以上がより好ましく、15質量%以上が更に好ましい。また、上記含有量は、45質量%以下が好ましく、40質量%以下がより好ましく、35質量%以下が更に好ましい。
 光酸発生剤は、1種単独で使用してもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。
The content of the photoacid generator in the resist composition is not particularly limited, but is preferably 5% by mass or more, preferably 9% by mass or more, based on the total solid content of the composition, in that the effect of the present invention is more excellent. More preferably, 15% by mass or more is further preferable. The content is preferably 45% by mass or less, more preferably 40% by mass or less, and further preferably 35% by mass or less.
The photoacid generator may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
<(C)溶剤>
 レジスト組成物は、溶剤を含んでいてもよい。
 溶剤は、(M1)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルカルボキシレート、並びに、(M2)プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテル、乳酸エステル、酢酸エステル、アルコキシプロピオン酸エステル、鎖状ケトン、環状ケトン、ラクトン、及び、アルキレンカーボネートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの少なくとも一方を含んでいるのが好ましい。なお、この溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。
<(C) Solvent>
The resist composition may contain a solvent.
Solvents consist of (M1) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether carboxylate, and (M2) propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, lactic acid ester, acetate ester, alkoxypropionic acid ester, chain ketone, cyclic ketone, lactone, and alkylene carbonate. It is preferable to include at least one selected from the group. The solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2).
 本発明者らは、このような溶剤と上述した樹脂とを組み合わせて用いると、組成物の塗布性が向上すると共に、現像欠陥数の少ないパターンが形成可能となることを見出している。その理由は必ずしも明らかではないが、これら溶剤は、上述した樹脂の溶解性、沸点及び粘度のバランスが良いため、組成物膜の膜厚のムラ及びスピンコート中の析出物の発生等を抑制できることに起因していると本発明者らは考えている。 The present inventors have found that when such a solvent and the above-mentioned resin are used in combination, the coatability of the composition is improved and a pattern having a small number of development defects can be formed. Although the reason is not always clear, these solvents have a good balance of solubility, boiling point and viscosity of the above-mentioned resin, so that uneven film thickness of the composition film and generation of precipitates in spin coating can be suppressed. The present inventors believe that this is due to.
 成分(M1)は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA:propylene glycol monomethylether acetate)、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルプロピオネート、及び、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテートからなる群より選択される少なくとも1つが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)がより好ましい。 The component (M1) is preferably at least one selected from the group consisting of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA: propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate), propylene glycol monomethyl ether propionate, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, preferably propylene glycol. Monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA) is more preferred.
 成分(M2)は、以下の溶剤が好ましい。
 プロピレングリコールモノアルキルエーテルは、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、及び、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)が好ましい。
 乳酸エステルは、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、又は、乳酸プロピルが好ましい。
 酢酸エステルは、酢酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、酢酸プロピル、酢酸イソアミル、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、又は、酢酸3-メトキシブチルが好ましい。
 また、酪酸ブチルも好ましい。
 アルコキシプロピオン酸エステルは、3-メトキシプロピオン酸メチル(MMP)、又は、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(EEP)が好ましい。
 鎖状ケトンは、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、又は、メチルアミルケトンが好ましい。
 環状ケトンは、メチルシクロヘキサノン、イソホロン、シクロペンタノン、又は、シクロヘキサノンが好ましい。
 ラクトンは、γ-ブチロラクトンが好ましい。
 アルキレンカーボネートは、プロピレンカーボネートが好ましい。
The component (M2) is preferably the following solvent.
As the propylene glycol monoalkyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME) and propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE) are preferable.
The lactate ester is preferably ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, or propyl lactate.
The acetic acid ester is preferably methyl acetate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, propyl acetate, isoamyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, propyl acetate, or 3-methoxybutyl acetate.
Butyl butyrate is also preferred.
The alkoxypropionate ester is preferably methyl 3-methoxypropionate (MMP) or ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (EEP).
Chain ketones are 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanonone, 2-nonanonone, acetone, 2-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, diisobutyl ketone, phenylacetone, methyl ethyl ketone, methyl isobutyl ketone. , Acetoneacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthyl ketone, or methyl amyl ketone is preferred.
The cyclic ketone is preferably methylcyclohexanone, isophorone, cyclopentanone, or cyclohexanone.
The lactone is preferably γ-butyrolactone.
The alkylene carbonate is preferably propylene carbonate.
 成分(M2)は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)、乳酸エチル、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、メチルアミルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、酢酸ブチル、酢酸ペンチル、γ-ブチロラクトン、又は、プロピレンカーボネートがより好ましい。 The component (M2) is more preferably propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME), ethyl lactate, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, methyl amyl ketone, cyclohexanone, butyl acetate, pentyl acetate, γ-butyrolactone, or propylene carbonate.
 上記成分の他、炭素数が7以上(7~14が好ましく、7~12がより好ましく、7~10が更に好ましい)、かつ、ヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤を用いるのが好ましい。 In addition to the above components, it is preferable to use an ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms (preferably 7 to 14, more preferably 7 to 12 and even more preferably 7 to 10) and having a heteroatom number of 2 or less.
 炭素数が7以上かつヘテロ原子数が2以下のエステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸アミル、酢酸2-メチルブチル、酢酸1-メチルブチル、酢酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ペンチル、プロピオン酸ヘキシル、プロピオン酸ブチル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、プロピオン酸ヘプチル、及び、ブタン酸ブチル等が挙げられ、酢酸イソアミルが好ましい。 Examples of the ester solvent having 7 or more carbon atoms and 2 or less heteroatomic atoms include amyl acetate, 2-methylbutyl acetate, 1-methylbutyl acetate, hexyl acetate, pentyl propionate, hexyl propionate, butyl propionate, and iso. Examples thereof include isobutyl butyrate, heptyl propionate, butyl butanoate and the like, and isoamyl acetate is preferable.
 成分(M2)は、引火点(以下、fpともいう)が37℃以上である溶剤が好ましい。
 このような成分(M2)は、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(fp:47℃)、乳酸エチル(fp:53℃)、3-エトキシプロピオン酸エチル(fp:49℃)、メチルアミルケトン(fp:42℃)、シクロヘキサノン(fp:44℃)、酢酸ペンチル(fp:45℃)、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル(fp:45℃)、γ-ブチロラクトン(fp:101℃)、又は、プロピレンカーボネート(fp:132℃)が好ましい。これらのうち、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、乳酸エチル、酢酸ペンチル、又は、シクロヘキサノンがより好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、又は、乳酸エチルが更に好ましい。
 なお、ここで「引火点」とは、東京化成工業株式会社又はシグマアルドリッチ社の試薬カタログに記載されている値を意味している。
The component (M2) is preferably a solvent having a flash point (hereinafter, also referred to as fp) of 37 ° C. or higher.
Such components (M2) include propylene glycol monomethyl ether (fp: 47 ° C.), ethyl lactate (fp: 53 ° C.), ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate (fp: 49 ° C.), and methylamyl ketone (fp: 42 ° C.). ), Cyclohexanone (fp: 44 ° C), pentyl acetate (fp: 45 ° C), methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate (fp: 45 ° C), γ-butyrolactone (fp: 101 ° C), or propylene carbonate (fp: 132 ° C). ℃) is preferable. Of these, propylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethyl lactate, pentyl acetate, or cyclohexanone is more preferable, and propylene glycol monoethyl ether or ethyl lactate is even more preferable.
Here, the "flash point" means a value described in the reagent catalog of Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. or Sigma-Aldrich Co., Ltd.
 溶剤は、成分(M1)を含んでいるのが好ましい。溶剤は、実質的に成分(M1)のみからなるか、又は、成分(M1)と他の成分との混合溶剤であるのがより好ましい。後者の場合、溶剤は、成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでいるのが更に好ましい。 The solvent preferably contains the component (M1). It is more preferable that the solvent is substantially composed of only the component (M1) or is a mixed solvent of the component (M1) and other components. In the latter case, the solvent more preferably contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2).
 成分(M1)と成分(M2)との質量比(M1/M2)は、「100/0」~「0/10」が好ましく、「100/0」~「15/85」がより好ましく、「100/0」~「40/60」が更に好ましく、「100/0」~「60/40」が特に好ましい。
 つまり、溶剤は、成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含む場合、成分(M2)に対する成分(M1)の質量比は、15/85以上が好ましく、40/60以上がより好ましく、60/40以上が更に好ましい。このような構成を採用すると、現像欠陥数を更に減少させられる。
The mass ratio (M1 / M2) of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably "100/0" to "0/10", more preferably "100/0" to "15/85", and ""100/0" to "40/60" are more preferable, and "100/0" to "60/40" are particularly preferable.
That is, when the solvent contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2), the mass ratio of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is preferably 15/85 or more, more preferably 40/60 or more. 60/40 or more is more preferable. When such a configuration is adopted, the number of development defects can be further reduced.
 なお、溶剤が成分(M1)と成分(M2)との双方を含んでいる場合、成分(M2)に対する成分(M1)の質量比は、例えば、99/1以下とする。 When the solvent contains both the component (M1) and the component (M2), the mass ratio of the component (M1) to the component (M2) is, for example, 99/1 or less.
 上述した通り、溶剤は、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分を更に含んでいてもよい。この場合、成分(M1)及び(M2)以外の成分の含有量は、溶剤の全量に対して、5~30質量%が好ましい。 As described above, the solvent may further contain components other than the components (M1) and (M2). In this case, the content of the components other than the components (M1) and (M2) is preferably 5 to 30% by mass with respect to the total amount of the solvent.
 レジスト組成物中の溶剤の含有量は、固形分濃度が0.5~30質量%となるように定めるのが好ましく、1~20質量%となるように定めるのがより好ましい。こうすると、レジスト組成物の塗布性を更に向上させられる。
 なお、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。
 固形分濃度とは、レジスト組成物の総質量に対する、溶剤を除く他の成分の質量の質量百分率である。
The content of the solvent in the resist composition is preferably set so that the solid content concentration is 0.5 to 30% by mass, and more preferably 1 to 20% by mass. By doing so, the coatability of the resist composition can be further improved.
The solid content means all components other than the solvent.
The solid content concentration is the mass percentage of the mass of other components excluding the solvent with respect to the total mass of the resist composition.
<(D)酸拡散制御剤>
 レジスト組成物は、酸拡散制御剤を更に含んでいてもよい。酸拡散制御剤は、光酸発生剤から生じた酸をトラップするクエンチャーとして作用し、レジスト膜中における酸の拡散現象を制御する役割を果たす。
 酸拡散制御剤は、例えば、塩基性化合物であってもよい。
 塩基性化合物は、下記一般式(A)~一般式(E)で示される構造を有する化合物が好ましい。
<(D) Acid diffusion control agent>
The resist composition may further contain an acid diffusion control agent. The acid diffusion control agent acts as a quencher for trapping the acid generated from the photoacid generator, and plays a role of controlling the acid diffusion phenomenon in the resist film.
The acid diffusion control agent may be, for example, a basic compound.
The basic compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following general formulas (A) to (E).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 一般式(A)及び一般式(E)中、R200、R201及びR202は、同一でも異なってもよく、水素原子、アルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又は、アリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~20)を表し、ここで、R201とR202は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。 In the general formula (A) and the general formula (E), R 200 , R 201 and R 202 may be the same or different, and may be the same or different, and may be a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms), or a cycloalkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms). Represents an aryl group (preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms), and R 201 and R 202 may be bonded to each other to form a ring.
 上記アルキル基について、置換基を有するアルキル基は、炭素数1~20のアミノアルキル基、炭素数1~20のヒドロキシアルキル基、又は、炭素数1~20のシアノアルキル基が好ましい。
 R203、R204、R205及びR206は、同一でも異なってもよく、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表す。
 これら一般式(A)及び一般式(E)中のアルキル基は、無置換であるのがより好ましい。
Regarding the above alkyl group, the alkyl group having a substituent is preferably an aminoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a hydroxyalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a cyanoalkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
R 203 , R 204 , R 205 and R 206 may be the same or different and represent an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
It is more preferable that the alkyl groups in the general formula (A) and the general formula (E) are unsubstituted.
 塩基性化合物として、グアニジン、アミノピロリジン、ピラゾール、ピラゾリン、ピペラジン、アミノモルホリン、アミノアルキルモルフォリン(アルキル基部分は直鎖状でも分岐鎖状でもよく、一部がエーテル基及び/又はエステル基で置き換えられていてもよい。アルキル基部分の水素原子以外の全原子の合計数の合計は1~17が好ましい)、又は、ピペリジン等が好まし。中でも、イミダゾール構造、ジアザビシクロ構造、オニウムヒドロキシド構造、オニウムカルボキシレート構造、トリアルキルアミン構造、アニリン構造、又は、ピリジン構造を有する化合物、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体、又は、水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体等がより好ましい。 As basic compounds, guanidine, aminopyrrolidin, pyrazole, pyrazoline, piperazine, aminomorpholine, aminoalkylmorpholin (alkyl group portion may be linear or branched chain, partly replaced with ether group and / or ester group. The total number of all amino acids other than the hydrogen atom in the alkyl group portion is preferably 1 to 17), or piperidine or the like is preferred. Among them, a compound having an imidazole structure, a diazabicyclo structure, an onium hydroxide structure, an onium carboxylate structure, a trialkylamine structure, an aniline structure, or a pyridine structure, an alkylamine derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond, or a hydroxyl group and / Or an aniline derivative having an ether bond or the like is more preferable.
 イミダゾール構造を有する化合物としては、例えば、イミダゾール、2、4、5-トリフェニルイミダゾール、及び、ベンズイミダゾール等が挙げられる。ジアザビシクロ構造を有する化合物としては、例えば、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2,2,2]オクタン、1、5-ジアザビシクロ[4,3,0]ノナ-5-エン、及び、1、8-ジアザビシクロ[5,4,0]ウンデカ-7-エン等が挙げられる。オニウムヒドロキシド構造を有する化合物としては、例えば、トリアリールスルホニウムヒドロキシド、フェナシルスルホニウムヒドロキシド、及び、2-オキソアルキル基を有するスルホニウムヒドロキシド等が挙げられる。具体的にはトリフェニルスルホニウムヒドロキシド、トリス(t-ブチルフェニル)スルホニウムヒドロキシド、ビス(t-ブチルフェニル)ヨードニウムヒドロキシド、フェナシルチオフェニウムヒドロキシド、及び、2-オキソプロピルチオフェニウムヒドロキシド等が挙げられる。オニウムカルボキシレート構造を有する化合物としては、オニウムヒドロキシド構造を有する化合物のアニオン部がカルボキシレートになったものであり、例えば、アセテート、アダマンタン-1-カルボキシレート、及び、パーフロロアルキルカルボキシレート等が挙げられる。トリアルキルアミン構造を有する化合物としては、例えば、トリ(n-ブチル)アミン、及び、トリ(n-オクチル)アミン等が挙げられる。アニリン化合物としては、例えば、2,6-ジイソプロピルアニリン、N,N-ジメチルアニリン、N,N-ジブチルアニリン、及び、N,N-ジヘキシルアニリン等が挙げられる。水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアルキルアミン誘導体としては、例えば、エタノールアミン、ジエタノールアミン、トリエタノールアミン、トリス(メトキシエトキシエチル)アミン、及び、(HO-C-O-CN(-C-O-CH)等が挙げられる。水酸基及び/又はエーテル結合を有するアニリン誘導体としては、例えば、N,N-ビス(ヒドロキシエチル)アニリン等が挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having an imidazole structure include imidazole, 2,4,5-triphenylimidazole, and benzimidazole. Compounds having a diazabicyclo structure include, for example, 1,4-diazabicyclo [2,2,2] octane, 1,5-diazabicyclo [4,3,0] nona-5-ene, and 1,8-diazabicyclo [ 5,4,0] Undeca-7-en and the like. Examples of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure include triarylsulfonium hydroxide, phenacylsulfonium hydroxide, and sulfonium hydroxide having a 2-oxoalkyl group. Specifically, triphenylsulfonium hydroxide, tris (t-butylphenyl) sulfonium hydroxide, bis (t-butylphenyl) iodonium hydroxide, phenacylthiophenium hydroxide, and 2-oxopropylthiophenium hydroxydo. Do etc. can be mentioned. Examples of the compound having an onium carboxylate structure include those in which the anion portion of the compound having an onium hydroxide structure is carboxylated, and examples thereof include acetate, adamantane-1-carboxylate, and perfluoroalkyl carboxylate. Can be mentioned. Examples of the compound having a trialkylamine structure include tri (n-butyl) amine and tri (n-octyl) amine. Examples of the aniline compound include 2,6-diisopropylaniline, N, N-dimethylaniline, N, N-dibutylaniline, N, N-dihexylaniline and the like. Examples of alkylamine derivatives having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, tris (methoxyethoxyethyl) amine, and (HO-C 2 H 4- OC 2 H 4 ). 2 N (-C 3 H 6 -O-CH 3 ) and the like can be mentioned. Examples of the aniline derivative having a hydroxyl group and / or an ether bond include N, N-bis (hydroxyethyl) aniline and the like.
 塩基性化合物として、フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、及び、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物が好ましく挙げられる。 Preferred examples of the basic compound include an amine compound having a phenoxy group and an ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group.
 アミン化合物としては、例えば、1級、2級、及び、3級のアミン化合物を使用でき、少なくとも1つのアルキル基が窒素原子に結合しているアミン化合物が好ましい。アミン化合物は、3級アミン化合物であるのがより好ましい。アミン化合物は、少なくとも1つのアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)が窒素原子に結合していれば、アルキル基の他に、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~12)が窒素原子に結合していてもよい。
 また、アミン化合物は、オキシアルキレン基を有するのが好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の数は、分子内に1以上が好ましく、3~9がより好ましく、4~6が更に好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の中でもオキシエチレン基(-CHCHO-)、又は、オキシプロピレン基(-CH(CH)CHO-若しくはCHCHCHO-)が好ましく、オキシエチレン基がより好ましい。
As the amine compound, for example, primary, secondary, and tertiary amine compounds can be used, and an amine compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable. The amine compound is more preferably a tertiary amine compound. The amine compound has a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms) in addition to the alkyl group as long as at least one alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to the nitrogen atom. Preferably, 6 to 12) carbon atoms may be bonded to the nitrogen atom.
Further, the amine compound preferably has an oxyalkylene group. The number of oxyalkylene groups is preferably 1 or more in the molecule, more preferably 3 to 9, and even more preferably 4 to 6. Among the oxyalkylene groups, an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O- or CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is preferable, and an oxyethylene group. Is more preferable.
 アンモニウム塩化合物としては、例えば、1級、2級、3級、及び、4級のアンモニウム塩化合物が挙げられ、少なくとも1つのアルキル基が窒素原子に結合しているアンモニウム塩化合物が好ましい。アンモニウム塩化合物は、少なくとも1つのアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~20)が窒素原子に結合していれば、アルキル基の他に、シクロアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数3~20)又はアリール基(好ましくは炭素数6~12)が窒素原子に結合していてもよい。
 アンモニウム塩化合物は、オキシアルキレン基を有するのが好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の数は、分子内に1以上が好ましく、3~9がより好ましく、4~6が更に好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の中でもオキシエチレン基(-CHCHO-)、又は、オキシプロピレン基(-CH(CH)CHO-、又は、-CHCHCHO-)が好ましく、オキシエチレン基がより好ましい。
 アンモニウム塩化合物のアニオンとしては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、スルホネート、ボレート、及び、フォスフェート等が挙げられ、中でも、ハロゲン原子、又は、スルホネートが好ましい。ハロゲン原子は、塩素原子、臭素原子、又は、ヨウ素原子が好ましい。スルホネートは、炭素数1~20の有機スルホネートが好ましい。有機スルホネートとしては、例えば、炭素数1~20のアルキルスルホネート、及び、アリールスルホネートが挙げられる。アルキルスルホネートのアルキル基は置換基を有していてもよく、置換基としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、アルコキシ基、アシル基、及び、芳香環基等が挙げられる。アルキルスルホネートとしては、例えば、メタンスルホネート、エタンスルホネート、ブタンスルホネート、ヘキサンスルホネート、オクタンスルホネート、ベンジルスルホネート、トリフルオロメタンスルホネート、ペンタフルオロエタンスルホネート、及び、ノナフルオロブタンスルホネート等が挙げられる。アリールスルホネートのアリール基としてはベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、及び、アントラセン環基が挙げられる。ベンゼン環基、ナフタレン環基、及び、アントラセン環基が有し得る置換基は、炭素数1~6の直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、又は、炭素数3~6のシクロアルキル基が好ましい。直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基、及び、シクロアルキル基としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、i-ブチル基、t-ブチル基、n-ヘキシル基、及び、シクロヘキシル基等が挙げられる。他の置換基としては、例えば、炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、アシル基、及び、アシルオキシ基等が挙げられる。
Examples of the ammonium salt compound include primary, secondary, tertiary and quaternary ammonium salt compounds, and an ammonium salt compound in which at least one alkyl group is bonded to a nitrogen atom is preferable. The ammonium salt compound has a cycloalkyl group (preferably 3 to 20 carbon atoms) or an aryl group in addition to the alkyl group as long as at least one alkyl group (preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms) is bonded to the nitrogen atom. (Preferably 6 to 12 carbon atoms) may be bonded to the nitrogen atom.
The ammonium salt compound preferably has an oxyalkylene group. The number of oxyalkylene groups is preferably 1 or more in the molecule, more preferably 3 to 9, and even more preferably 4 to 6. Among the oxyalkylene groups, an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is preferable. Oxyethylene groups are more preferred.
Examples of the anion of the ammonium salt compound include a halogen atom, a sulfonate, a borate, and a phosphate, and among them, a halogen atom or a sulfonate is preferable. The halogen atom is preferably a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom. The sulfonate is preferably an organic sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. Examples of the organic sulfonate include an alkyl sulfonate having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and an aryl sulfonate. The alkyl group of the alkyl sulfonate may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an alkoxy group, an acyl group, an aromatic ring group and the like. Examples of the alkyl sulphonate include methane sulphonate, ethane sulphonate, butane sulphonate, hexane sulphonate, octane sulphonate, benzyl sulphonate, trifluoromethane sulphonate, pentafluoroethane sulphonate, and nonafluorobutane sulphonate. Examples of the aryl group of the aryl sulfonate include a benzene ring group, a naphthalene ring group, and an anthracene ring group. The substituents that the benzene ring group, the naphthalene ring group, and the anthracene ring group can have are a linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms or a cycloalkyl group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms. preferable. Examples of the linear or branched alkyl group and cycloalkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, i-butyl group and t-butyl group. Examples thereof include an n-hexyl group and a cyclohexyl group. Examples of other substituents include an alkoxy group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, an acyl group, an acyloxy group and the like.
 フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物、及び、フェノキシ基を有するアンモニウム塩化合物とは、アミン化合物又はアンモニウム塩化合物のアルキル基の窒素原子と反対側の末端にフェノキシ基を有するものである。
 フェノキシ基の置換基としては、例えば、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルボン酸基、カルボン酸エステル基、スルホン酸エステル基、アリール基、アラルキル基、アシルオキシ基、及び、アリールオキシ基等が挙げられる。置換基の置換位は、2~6位のいずれであってもよい。置換基の数は、1~5のいずれであってもよい。
The amine compound having a phenoxy group and the ammonium salt compound having a phenoxy group are those having a phenoxy group at the terminal opposite to the nitrogen atom of the alkyl group of the amine compound or the ammonium salt compound.
Examples of the substituent of the phenoxy group include an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carboxylic acid group, a carboxylic acid ester group, a sulfonic acid ester group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, an acyloxy group, and the like. Examples thereof include an aryloxy group. The substituent of the substituent may be any of 2 to 6 positions. The number of substituents may be any of 1 to 5.
 フェノキシ基と窒素原子との間に、少なくとも1つのオキシアルキレン基を有するのが好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の数は、分子内に1以上が好ましく、3~9がより好ましく、4~6が更に好ましい。オキシアルキレン基の中でもオキシエチレン基(-CHCHO-)、又は、オキシプロピレン基(-CH(CH)CHO-又は-CHCHCHO-)が好ましく、オキシエチレン基がより好ましい。 It is preferable to have at least one oxyalkylene group between the phenoxy group and the nitrogen atom. The number of oxyalkylene groups is preferably 1 or more in the molecule, more preferably 3 to 9, and even more preferably 4 to 6. Among the oxyalkylene groups, an oxyethylene group (-CH 2 CH 2 O-) or an oxypropylene group (-CH (CH 3 ) CH 2 O- or -CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 O-) is preferable, and oxyethylene. Groups are more preferred.
 フェノキシ基を有するアミン化合物は、フェノキシ基を有する1又は2級アミン及びハロアルキルエーテルを加熱して反応させた後、反応系に強塩基(例えば、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム、及び、テトラアルキルアンモニウム等)の水溶液を添加し、更に、有機溶剤(例えば、酢酸エチル及びクロロホルム等)で反応生成物を抽出して得られる。又は、1又は2級アミンと末端にフェノキシ基を有するハロアルキルエーテルを加熱して反応させた後、反応系に強塩基の水溶液を添加し、更に、有機溶剤で反応生成物を抽出して得られる。 The amine compound having a phenoxy group is prepared by heating a primary or secondary amine having a phenoxy group and a haloalkyl ether to react, and then adding a strong base (for example, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, and tetraalkylammonium) to the reaction system. Etc.) is added, and the reaction product is further extracted with an organic solvent (for example, ethyl acetate, chloroform, etc.). Alternatively, it is obtained by heating and reacting a primary or secondary amine with a haloalkyl ether having a phenoxy group at the terminal, adding an aqueous solution of a strong base to the reaction system, and further extracting the reaction product with an organic solvent. ..
(プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下、消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する化合物(PA))
 レジスト組成物は、酸拡散制御剤として、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有し、かつ、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下若しくは消失、又はプロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する化合物(以下、化合物(PA)ともいう)を含んでいてもよい。
(A compound (PA) that has a proton-accepting functional group and decomposes by irradiation with active light or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton-accepting property, or to generate a compound that has changed from proton-accepting property to acidic (PA). )
The resist composition has a proton-accepting functional group as an acid diffusion control agent, and is decomposed by irradiation with active light or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton-accepting property, or to change from the proton-accepting property to acidic. It may contain a compound that produces a modified compound (hereinafter, also referred to as compound (PA)).
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基とは、プロトンと静電的に相互作用し得る基、又は、電子を有する官能基であって、例えば、環状ポリエーテル等のマクロサイクリック構造を有する官能基、又は、π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対をもった窒素原子を有する官能基を意味する。π共役に寄与しない非共有電子対を有する窒素原子とは、例えば、下記一般式に示す部分構造を有する窒素原子である。 The proton-accepting functional group is a group capable of electrostatically interacting with a proton or a functional group having an electron, for example, a functional group having a macrocyclic structure such as a cyclic polyether, or a functional group having a macrocyclic structure. It means a functional group having a nitrogen atom with an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π-conjugation. The nitrogen atom having an unshared electron pair that does not contribute to π conjugation is, for example, a nitrogen atom having a partial structure shown in the following general formula.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 プロトンアクセプター性官能基の好ましい部分構造として、例えば、クラウンエーテル構造、アザクラウンエーテル構造、1~3級アミン構造、ピリジン構造、イミダゾール構造、及び、ピラジン構造等が挙げられる。 Preferred partial structures of the proton acceptor functional group include, for example, a crown ether structure, an aza crown ether structure, a primary to tertiary amine structure, a pyridine structure, an imidazole structure, a pyrazine structure and the like.
 化合物(PA)は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により分解してプロトンアクセプター性が低下若しくは消失、又は、プロトンアクセプター性から酸性に変化した化合物を発生する。ここで、プロトンアクセプター性の低下若しくは消失、又は、プロトンアクセプター性から酸性への変化とは、プロトンアクセプター性官能基にプロトンが付加することに起因するプロトンアクセプター性の変化である。具体的には、プロトンアクセプター性官能基を有する化合物(PA)とプロトンからプロトン付加体が生成する時、その化学平衡に於ける平衡定数が減少することを意味する。 The compound (PA) is decomposed by irradiation with active light or radiation to reduce or eliminate the proton acceptor property, or generate a compound in which the proton acceptor property is changed to acidic. Here, the decrease or disappearance of the proton acceptor property or the change from the proton acceptor property to the acidity is a change in the proton acceptor property due to the addition of a proton to the proton acceptor property functional group. Specifically, it means that when a proton adduct is formed from a compound (PA) having a proton-accepting functional group and a proton, the equilibrium constant in the chemical equilibrium is reduced.
 化合物(PA)としては、例えば、特開2014-41328号公報の段落[0421]~[0428]、特開2014-134686号公報の段落[0108]~[0116]に記載されたものを援用でき、これらの内容は本明細書に組み込まれる。 As the compound (PA), for example, those described in paragraphs [0421] to [0428] of JP-A-2014-413328 and paragraphs [0108]-[0116] of JP-A-2014-134686 can be incorporated. , These contents are incorporated herein by reference.
 窒素原子を有し、酸の作用により脱離する基を有する低分子化合物も酸拡散制御剤として使用できる。上記低分子化合物は、酸の作用により脱離する基を窒素原子上に有するアミン誘導体が好ましい。
 酸の作用により脱離する基は、アセタール基、カルボネート基、カルバメート基、3級エステル基、3級水酸基、又は、ヘミアミナールエーテル基が好ましく、カルバメート基、又は、ヘミアミナールエーテル基がより好ましい。
 低分子化合物の分子量は、100~1000が好ましく、100~700がより好ましく、100~500が更に好ましい。
 低分子化合物は、窒素原子上に保護基を有するカルバメート基を有してもよい。
A low molecular weight compound having a nitrogen atom and a group desorbed by the action of an acid can also be used as an acid diffusion control agent. The low molecular weight compound is preferably an amine derivative having a group eliminated by the action of an acid on a nitrogen atom.
The group eliminated by the action of the acid is preferably an acetal group, a carbonate group, a carbamate group, a tertiary ester group, a tertiary hydroxyl group, or a hemiaminol ether group, and a carbamate group or a hemiaminol ether group is more preferable. preferable.
The molecular weight of the low molecular weight compound is preferably 100 to 1000, more preferably 100 to 700, and even more preferably 100 to 500.
The low molecular weight compound may have a carbamate group having a protecting group on the nitrogen atom.
 下記に、酸拡散制御剤の具体例を示すが、本発明はこれに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the acid diffusion control agent are shown below, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
 レジスト組成物が酸拡散制御剤を含む場合、酸拡散制御剤の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.001~15質量%が好ましく、0.01~8質量%がより好ましい。
 酸拡散制御剤は、1種単独で使用してもよいし、2種以上を使用してもよい。
 また、レジスト組成物が光酸発生剤として一般式(PB)で表される化合物を含む場合、一般式(PB)で表される化合物に酸拡散制御剤に相当する機能を有する構造が含まれるため、レジスト組成物が酸拡散制御剤を実質的に含まないのも好ましい。ここで酸拡散制御剤を実質的に含まないとは、酸拡散制御剤の含有量が、一般式(PB)で表される化合物の含有量に対して5質量%以下であることを意図する。
When the resist composition contains an acid diffusion control agent, the content of the acid diffusion control agent is preferably 0.001 to 15% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 8% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. More preferred.
The acid diffusion control agent may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
When the resist composition contains a compound represented by the general formula (PB) as a photoacid generator, the compound represented by the general formula (PB) includes a structure having a function corresponding to an acid diffusion control agent. Therefore, it is also preferable that the resist composition does not substantially contain the acid diffusion control agent. Here, the fact that the acid diffusion control agent is substantially not contained means that the content of the acid diffusion control agent is 5% by mass or less with respect to the content of the compound represented by the general formula (PB). ..
 光酸発生剤と酸拡散制御剤とのレジスト組成物中の使用割合は、光酸発生剤/酸拡散制御剤(モル比)=2.5~300であるのが好ましい。感度及び解像度の点からモル比は2.5以上が好ましく、露光後加熱処理までの経時でのレジストパターンの太りによる解像度の低下抑制の点からモル比は300以下が好ましい。光酸発生剤/酸拡散制御剤(モル比)は、5.0~200がより好ましく、7.0~150が更に好ましい。 The ratio of the photoacid generator and the acid diffusion control agent used in the resist composition is preferably photoacid generator / acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) = 2.5 to 300. The molar ratio is preferably 2.5 or more from the viewpoint of sensitivity and resolution, and the molar ratio is preferably 300 or less from the viewpoint of suppressing a decrease in resolution due to the thickening of the resist pattern over time from exposure to heat treatment. The photoacid generator / acid diffusion control agent (molar ratio) is more preferably 5.0 to 200, and even more preferably 7.0 to 150.
 酸拡散制御剤としては、例えば、特開2013-11833号公報の段落[0140]~[0144]に記載の化合物(アミン化合物、アミド基含有化合物、ウレア化合物、及び、含窒素複素環化合物等)も挙げられる。 Examples of the acid diffusion control agent include the compounds described in paragraphs [0140] to [0144] of JP2013-11833A (amine compounds, amide group-containing compounds, urea compounds, nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compounds, etc.). Can also be mentioned.
<(E)疎水性樹脂>
 レジスト組成物は、上記樹脂(A)とは別に、樹脂(A)とは異なる疎水性樹脂を含んでいてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂はレジスト膜の表面に偏在するように設計されるのが好ましいが、界面活性剤とは異なり、必ずしも分子内に親水基を有する必要はなく、極性物質及び非極性物質の均一な混合に寄与しなくてもよい。
 疎水性樹脂の添加による効果として、水に対するレジスト膜表面の静的及び動的な接触角の制御、並びに、アウトガスの抑制等が挙げられる。
<(E) Hydrophobic resin>
The resist composition may contain a hydrophobic resin different from the resin (A) in addition to the resin (A).
Hydrophobic resins are preferably designed to be unevenly distributed on the surface of the resist film, but unlike surfactants, they do not necessarily have to have hydrophilic groups in the molecule and are a uniform mixture of polar and non-polar substances. It does not have to contribute to.
The effects of adding the hydrophobic resin include controlling the static and dynamic contact angles of the resist film surface with respect to water, and suppressing outgas.
 疎水性樹脂は、膜表層への偏在化の点から、“フッ素原子”、“珪素原子”、及び、“樹脂の側鎖部分に含まれたCH部分構造”のいずれか1種以上を有するのが好ましく、2種以上を有するのがより好ましい。また、上記疎水性樹脂は、炭素数5以上の炭化水素基を有するのが好ましい。これらの基は樹脂の主鎖中に有していても、側鎖に置換していてもよい。 Hydrophobic resin from the viewpoint of uneven distribution in the film surface layer, "fluorine atom", "silicon atom", and has any one or more "CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion of the resin" It is preferable to have two or more kinds. Further, the hydrophobic resin preferably has a hydrocarbon group having 5 or more carbon atoms. These groups may be contained in the main chain of the resin or may be substituted in the side chain.
 疎水性樹脂が、フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子を含む場合、疎水性樹脂における上記フッ素原子及び/又は珪素原子は、樹脂の主鎖中に含まれていてもよく、側鎖中に含まれていてもよい。 When the hydrophobic resin contains fluorine atoms and / or silicon atoms, the fluorine atoms and / or silicon atoms in the hydrophobic resin may be contained in the main chain of the resin and may be contained in the side chains. You may.
 疎水性樹脂がフッ素原子を含んでいる場合、フッ素原子を有する部分構造は、フッ素原子を有するアルキル基、フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基、又は、フッ素原子を有するアリール基が好ましい。
 フッ素原子を有するアルキル基(好ましくは炭素数1~10、より好ましくは炭素数1~4)は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された直鎖状又は分岐鎖状のアルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するシクロアルキル基は、少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換された単環又は多環のシクロアルキル基であり、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子を有するアリール基としては、例えば、フェニル基、及び、ナフチル基等のアリール基の少なくとも1つの水素原子がフッ素原子で置換されたものが挙げられ、更にフッ素原子以外の置換基を有していてもよい。
 フッ素原子又は珪素原子を有する繰り返し単位としては、例えば、US2012/0251948A1の段落[0519]に例示された繰り返し単位が挙げられる。
When the hydrophobic resin contains a fluorine atom, the partial structure having a fluorine atom is preferably an alkyl group having a fluorine atom, a cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom, or an aryl group having a fluorine atom.
The alkyl group having a fluorine atom (preferably 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 4 carbon atoms) is a linear or branched alkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom. Further, it may have a substituent other than a fluorine atom.
The cycloalkyl group having a fluorine atom is a monocyclic or polycyclic cycloalkyl group in which at least one hydrogen atom is substituted with a fluorine atom, and may further have a substituent other than the fluorine atom.
Examples of the aryl group having a fluorine atom include those in which at least one hydrogen atom of an aryl group such as a phenyl group and a naphthyl group is substituted with a fluorine atom, and further have a substituent other than the fluorine atom. May be.
Examples of the repeating unit having a fluorine atom or a silicon atom include the repeating unit exemplified in paragraph [0519] of US2012 / 0251948A1.
 また、上記したように、疎水性樹脂は、側鎖部分にCH部分構造を含むのも好ましい。
 ここで、疎水性樹脂中の側鎖部分が有するCH部分構造は、エチル基、及び、プロピル基等が有するCH部分構造を含むものである。
 一方、疎水性樹脂の主鎖に直接結合しているメチル基(例えば、メタクリル酸構造を有する繰り返し単位のα-メチル基)は、主鎖の影響により疎水性樹脂の表面偏在化への寄与が小さいため、本発明におけるCH部分構造には含めない。
Further, as described above, the hydrophobic resin may preferably contain a CH 3 partial structure side chain moiety.
Here, CH 3 partial structure contained in the side chain portion in the hydrophobic resin, an ethyl group, and is intended to include CH 3 partial structure a propyl group has.
On the other hand, the methyl group directly bonded to the main chain of the hydrophobic resin (for example, the α-methyl group of the repeating unit having a methacrylic acid structure) contributes to the uneven distribution of the surface of the hydrophobic resin due to the influence of the main chain. small Therefore, not included in the CH 3 partial structures in the present invention.
 疎水性樹脂に関しては、特開2014-010245号公報の段落[0348]~[0415]の記載を参酌でき、これらの内容は本願明細書に組み込まれる。 Regarding the hydrophobic resin, the descriptions in paragraphs [0348] to [0415] of JP2014-010245A can be referred to, and these contents are incorporated in the present specification.
 なお、疎水性樹脂はこの他にも特開2011-248019号公報、特開2010-175859号公報、特開2012-032544号公報記載の樹脂も好ましく使用できる。 As the hydrophobic resin, the resins described in JP2011-24801A, JP2010-175859, and JP2012-032544 can also be preferably used.
 レジスト組成物が疎水性樹脂を含む場合、疎水性樹脂の含有量は、レジスト組成物の全固形分に対して、0.01~20質量%が好ましく、0.1~15質量%がより好ましい。 When the resist composition contains a hydrophobic resin, the content of the hydrophobic resin is preferably 0.01 to 20% by mass, more preferably 0.1 to 15% by mass, based on the total solid content of the resist composition. ..
<(F)界面活性剤>
 レジスト組成物は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。界面活性剤を含むと、密着性により優れ、現像欠陥のより少ないパターンを形成できる。
 界面活性剤は、フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤が好ましい。フッ素系及び/又はシリコン系界面活性剤としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落[0276]に記載の界面活性剤が挙げられる。また、エフトップEF301、又は、EF303(新秋田化成(株)製);フロラードFC430、431、及び、4430(住友スリーエム(株)製);メガファックF171、F173、F176、F189、F113、F110、F177、F120、及び、R08(DIC(株)製);サーフロンS-382、SC101、102、103、104、105又は106(旭硝子(株)製);トロイゾルS-366(トロイケミカル(株)製);GF-300又はGF-150(東亜合成化学(株)製)、サーフロンS-393(セイミケミカル(株)製);エフトップEF121、EF122A、EF122B、RF122C、EF125M、EF135M、EF351、EF352、EF801、EF802又はEF601((株)ジェムコ製);PF636、PF656、PF6320、及び、PF6520(OMNOVA社製);KH-20(旭化成(株)製);FTX-204G、208G、218G、230G、204D、208D、212D、218D、及び、222D((株)ネオス製)を用いてもよい。なお、ポリシロキサンポリマーKP-341(信越化学工業(株)製)も、シリコン系界面活性剤として使用できる。
<(F) Surfactant>
The resist composition may contain a surfactant. When a surfactant is included, a pattern having better adhesion and fewer development defects can be formed.
The surfactant is preferably a fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactant. Fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants include, for example, the surfactants described in paragraph [0276] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425. In addition, Ftop EF301 or EF303 (manufactured by Shin-Akita Kasei Co., Ltd.); Florard FC430, 431, and 4430 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.); Megafuck F171, F173, F176, F189, F113, F110, F177, F120, and R08 (manufactured by DIC Co., Ltd.); Surflon S-382, SC101, 102, 103, 104, 105 or 106 (manufactured by Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.); Troysol S-366 (manufactured by Troy Chemical Co., Ltd.) ); GF-300 or GF-150 (manufactured by Toa Synthetic Chemical Co., Ltd.), Surflon S-393 (manufactured by Seimi Chemical Co., Ltd.); Ftop EF121, EF122A, EF122B, RF122C, EF125M, EF135M, EF351, EF352, EF801, EF802 or EF601 (manufactured by Gemco Co., Ltd.); PF636, PF656, PF6320, and PF6520 (manufactured by OMNOVA); KH-20 (manufactured by Asahi Kasei Co., Ltd.); FTX-204G, 208G, 218G, 230G, 204D , 208D, 212D, 218D, and 222D (manufactured by Neos Co., Ltd.) may be used. The polysiloxane polymer KP-341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.) can also be used as a silicon-based surfactant.
 また、界面活性剤は、上記に示すような公知の界面活性剤の他に、テロメリゼーション法(テロマー法ともいわれる)又はオリゴメリゼーション法(オリゴマー法ともいわれる)により製造されたフルオロ脂肪族化合物を用いて合成してもよい。具体的には、このフルオロ脂肪族化合物から導かれたフルオロ脂肪族基を備えた重合体を、界面活性剤として用いてもよい。このフルオロ脂肪族化合物は、例えば、特開2002-90991号公報に記載された方法によって合成できる。
 また、米国特許出願公開第2008/0248425号明細書の段落[0280]に記載されているフッ素系及び/又はシリコン系以外の界面活性剤を使用してもよい。
In addition to the known surfactants as shown above, the surfactant is a fluoroaliphatic compound produced by a telomerization method (also referred to as a telomer method) or an oligomerization method (also referred to as an oligomer method). May be synthesized using. Specifically, a polymer having a fluoroaliphatic group derived from this fluoroaliphatic compound may be used as a surfactant. This fluoroaliphatic compound can be synthesized, for example, by the method described in JP-A-2002-090991.
In addition, surfactants other than the fluorine-based and / or silicon-based surfactants described in paragraph [0280] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2008/0248425 may be used.
 これら界面活性剤は、1種を単独で用いてもよく、2種以上を使用してもよい。 These surfactants may be used alone or in combination of two or more.
 レジスト組成物が界面活性剤を含む場合、界面活性剤の含有量は、組成物の全固形分に対して、0.0001~2質量%が好ましく、0.0005~1質量%がより好ましい。 When the resist composition contains a surfactant, the content of the surfactant is preferably 0.0001 to 2% by mass, more preferably 0.0005 to 1% by mass, based on the total solid content of the composition.
<(G)その他の添加剤>
 レジスト組成物は、溶解阻止化合物、染料、可塑剤、光増感剤、光吸収剤、及び/又は、現像液に対する溶解性を促進させる化合物(例えば、分子量1000以下のフェノール化合物、又はカルボン酸基を含んだ脂環族若しくは脂肪族化合物)を更に含んでいてもよい。
<(G) Other additives>
The resist composition comprises a dissolution inhibitory compound, a dye, a plasticizer, a photosensitizer, a light absorber, and / or a compound that promotes solubility in a developing solution (for example, a phenol compound having a molecular weight of 1000 or less, or a carboxylic acid group. (Alicyclic or aliphatic compound) containing the above may be further contained.
 レジスト組成物は、溶解阻止化合物を更に含んでいてもよい。ここで「溶解阻止化合物」とは、酸の作用により分解して有機系現像液中での溶解度が減少する、分子量3000以下の化合物である。 The resist composition may further contain a dissolution inhibitory compound. Here, the "dissolution-inhibiting compound" is a compound having a molecular weight of 3000 or less, which is decomposed by the action of an acid and its solubility in an organic developer is reduced.
[用途]
 本発明の組成物は、活性光線又は放射線の照射により反応して性質が変化する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。更に詳しくは、本発明の組成物は、IC(Integrated Circuit)等の半導体製造工程、液晶若しくはサーマルヘッド等の回路基板の製造、インプリント用モールド構造体の作製、その他のフォトファブリケーション工程、又は平版印刷版、若しくは酸硬化性組成物の製造に使用される感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する。本発明において形成されるパターンは、エッチング工程、イオンインプランテーション工程、バンプ電極形成工程、再配線形成工程、及びMEMS(Micro Electro Mechanical Systems)等において使用できる。
[Use]
The composition of the present invention relates to an actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition whose properties change in response to irradiation with active light or radiation. More specifically, the composition of the present invention comprises a semiconductor manufacturing process such as an IC (Integrated Circuit), a circuit substrate manufacturing such as a liquid crystal or a thermal head, a molding structure for imprinting, another photofabrication step, or a photofabrication step. It relates to a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition used for producing a flat plate printing plate or an acid-curable composition. The pattern formed in the present invention can be used in an etching step, an ion implantation step, a bump electrode forming step, a rewiring forming step, a MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems), and the like.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜]
 本発明は、本発明の感活性光線又は感放射線性組成物により形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜(「レジスト膜」ともいう)にも関する。このような膜は、例えば、本発明の組成物が基板等の支持体上に塗布されることにより形成される。この膜の厚みは、0.02~0.1μmが好ましい。
 基板上に塗布する方法としては、スピンコート、ロールコート、フローコート、ディップコート、スプレーコート、ドクターコート等の適当な塗布方法により基板上に塗布されるが、スピン塗布が好ましく、その回転数は1000~3000rpm(rotations per minute)が好ましい。塗布膜は60~150℃で1~20分間、好ましくは80~120℃で1~10分間プリベークして薄膜を形成する。
 被加工基板及びその最表層を構成する材料は、例えば、半導体用ウエハの場合、シリコンウエハを用いることができ、最表層となる材料の例としては、Si、SiO、SiN、SiON、TiN、WSi、BPSG、SOG、有機反射防止膜等が挙げられる。
[Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive membrane]
The present invention also relates to a sensitive light or radiation sensitive film (also referred to as a "resist film") formed by the sensitive light or radiation composition of the present invention. Such a film is formed, for example, by applying the composition of the present invention onto a support such as a substrate. The thickness of this film is preferably 0.02 to 0.1 μm.
As a method of coating on the substrate, it is applied on the substrate by an appropriate coating method such as spin coating, roll coating, flow coating, dip coating, spray coating, doctor coating, etc., but spin coating is preferable, and the number of rotations thereof is high. 1000-3000 rpm (rotations per minute) is preferable. The coating film is prebaked at 60 to 150 ° C. for 1 to 20 minutes, preferably 80 to 120 ° C. for 1 to 10 minutes to form a thin film.
As the material forming the substrate to be processed and its outermost layer, for example, in the case of a semiconductor wafer, a silicon wafer can be used, and examples of the material to be the outermost layer include Si, SiO 2 , SiN, SiON, TiN, and the like. WSi, BPSG, SOG, organic antireflection film and the like can be mentioned.
〔パターン形成方法〕
 上記レジスト組成物を用いたパターン形成方法の手順は特に制限されないが、以下の工程を有するのが好ましい。
工程1:レジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程
工程2:レジスト膜を(好ましくは、電子線(EB)、EUV光で)露光する工程
工程3:現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程
 以下、上記それぞれの工程の手順について詳述する。
[Pattern formation method]
The procedure of the pattern forming method using the resist composition is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to have the following steps.
Step 1: Forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition Step 2: Exposing the resist film (preferably with electron beam (EB) or EUV light) Step 3: Using a developing solution , Step of developing the exposed resist film and forming a pattern Hereinafter, the procedure of each of the above steps will be described in detail.
<工程1:レジスト膜形成工程>
 工程1は、レジスト組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程である。レジスト組成物の定義は、上述の通りである。
<Step 1: Resist film forming step>
Step 1 is a step of forming a resist film on the substrate using the resist composition. The definition of the resist composition is as described above.
 レジスト組成物を用いて基板上にレジスト膜を形成する方法としては、例えば、レジスト組成物を基板上に塗布する方法が挙げられる。
 なお、塗布前にレジスト組成物を必要に応じてフィルター濾過するのが好ましい。フィルターのポアサイズは、0.1μm以下が好ましく、0.05μm以下がより好ましく、0.03μm以下が更に好ましい。また、フィルターは、ポリテトラフロロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製が好ましい。
Examples of the method of forming a resist film on a substrate using a resist composition include a method of applying a resist composition on a substrate.
It is preferable to filter the resist composition as necessary before coating. The pore size of the filter is preferably 0.1 μm or less, more preferably 0.05 μm or less, still more preferably 0.03 μm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon.
 レジスト組成物は、集積回路素子の製造に使用されるような基板(例:シリコン、二酸化シリコン被覆)上に、スピナー又はコーター等の適当な塗布方法により塗布できる。塗布方法は、スピナーを用いたスピン塗布が好ましい。スピナーを用いたスピン塗布をする際の回転数は、1000~3000rpmが好ましい。
 レジスト組成物の塗布後、基板を乾燥し、レジスト膜を形成してもよい。なお、必要により、レジスト膜の下層に、各種下地膜(無機膜、有機膜、反射防止膜)を形成してもよい。
The resist composition can be applied onto a substrate (eg, silicon, silicon dioxide coating) such as that used in the manufacture of integrated circuit elements by an appropriate coating method such as a spinner or coater. The coating method is preferably spin coating using a spinner. The rotation speed for spin coating using a spinner is preferably 1000 to 3000 rpm.
After applying the resist composition, the substrate may be dried to form a resist film. If necessary, various undercoat films (inorganic film, organic film, antireflection film) may be formed under the resist film.
 乾燥方法としては、例えば、加熱して乾燥する方法が挙げられる。加熱は通常の露光機、及び/又は、現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて実施してもよい。加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。加熱時間は30~1000秒が好ましく、60~800秒がより好ましく、60~600秒が更に好ましい。 Examples of the drying method include a method of heating and drying. The heating can be carried out by a means provided in a normal exposure machine and / or a developing machine, and may be carried out by using a hot plate or the like. The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150 ° C, more preferably 80 to 140 ° C, still more preferably 80 to 130 ° C. The heating time is preferably 30 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 60 to 800 seconds, still more preferably 60 to 600 seconds.
 レジスト膜の膜厚は特に制限されないが、より高精度な微細パターンを形成できる点から、10~65nmが好ましく、15~50nmがより好ましい。 The film thickness of the resist film is not particularly limited, but 10 to 65 nm is preferable, and 15 to 50 nm is more preferable, from the viewpoint of being able to form a fine pattern with higher accuracy.
 なお、レジスト膜の上層にトップコート組成物を用いてトップコートを形成してもよい。
 トップコート組成物は、レジスト膜と混合せず、更にレジスト膜上層に均一に塗布できるのが好ましい。
 また、トップコートの形成前にレジスト膜を乾燥させるのが好ましい。次いで、得られたレジスト膜上に、上記レジスト膜の形成方法と同様の手段によりトップコート組成物を塗布し、更に乾燥して、トップコートを形成できる。
 トップコートの膜厚は、10~200nmが好ましく、20~100nmがより好ましく、40~80nmが更に好ましい。
 トップコートについては、特に限定されず、従来公知のトップコートを、従来公知の方法によって形成でき、例えば、特開2014-059543号公報の段落[0072]~[0082]の記載に基づいてトップコートを形成できる。
 例えば、特開2013-61648号公報に記載されたような塩基性化合物を含むトップコートを、レジスト膜上に形成するのが好ましい。トップコートが含み得る塩基性化合物の具体的な例は、後述するレジスト組成物が含んでいてもよい塩基性化合物が挙げられる。
 また、トップコートは、エーテル結合、チオエーテル結合、水酸基、チオール基、カルボニル結合、及び、エステル結合からなる群より選択される基又は結合を少なくとも一つ含む化合物を含むのが好ましい。
A top coat may be formed on the upper layer of the resist film by using the top coat composition.
It is preferable that the topcoat composition is not mixed with the resist film and can be uniformly applied to the upper layer of the resist film.
Further, it is preferable to dry the resist film before forming the top coat. Next, the topcoat composition can be applied onto the obtained resist film by the same means as in the method for forming the resist film, and further dried to form a topcoat.
The film thickness of the top coat is preferably 10 to 200 nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, and even more preferably 40 to 80 nm.
The top coat is not particularly limited, and a conventionally known top coat can be formed by a conventionally known method. For example, the top coat is based on the description in paragraphs [0072] to [0082] of JP-A-2014-059543. Can be formed.
For example, it is preferable to form a top coat containing a basic compound as described in JP-A-2013-61648 on the resist film. Specific examples of the basic compound that can be contained in the top coat include basic compounds that may be contained in the resist composition described later.
Further, the top coat preferably contains a compound containing at least one group or bond selected from the group consisting of an ether bond, a thioether bond, a hydroxyl group, a thiol group, a carbonyl bond, and an ester bond.
<工程2:露光工程>
 工程2は、レジスト膜を(好ましくは、電子線(EB)、EUV光で)露光する工程である。
 露光の方法としては、例えば、形成したレジスト膜に所定のマスクを通して電子線(EB)又はEUV光を照射する方法が挙げられる。
<Process 2: Exposure process>
Step 2 is a step of exposing the resist film (preferably with an electron beam (EB) or EUV light).
Examples of the exposure method include a method of irradiating the formed resist film with an electron beam (EB) or EUV light through a predetermined mask.
 露光後、現像を行う前にベーク(加熱)を行うのが好ましい。ベークにより露光部の反応が促進され、感度及びパターン形状がより良好となる。
 加熱温度は80~150℃が好ましく、80~140℃がより好ましく、80~130℃が更に好ましい。
 加熱時間は10~1000秒が好ましく、10~180秒がより好ましく、30~120秒が更に好ましい。
 加熱は通常の露光機及び/又は現像機に備わっている手段で実施でき、ホットプレート等を用いて行ってもよい。
 この工程は露光後ベークともいう。
It is preferable to bake (heat) after exposure and before developing. Baking accelerates the reaction of the exposed area, resulting in better sensitivity and pattern shape.
The heating temperature is preferably 80 to 150 ° C, more preferably 80 to 140 ° C, still more preferably 80 to 130 ° C.
The heating time is preferably 10 to 1000 seconds, more preferably 10 to 180 seconds, and even more preferably 30 to 120 seconds.
The heating can be carried out by means provided in a normal exposure machine and / or a developing machine, and may be carried out by using a hot plate or the like.
This process is also called post-exposure baking.
<工程3:現像工程>
 工程3は、現像液を用いて、露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程である。
 現像液は、アルカリ現像液であっても、有機溶剤を含有する現像液(以下、有機系現像液ともいう)であってもよい。
<Process 3: Development process>
Step 3 is a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution to form a pattern.
The developer may be an alkaline developer or a developer containing an organic solvent (hereinafter, also referred to as an organic developer).
 現像方法としては、例えば、現像液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、基板表面に現像液を表面張力によって盛り上げて一定時間静止して現像する方法(パドル法)、基板表面に現像液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)、及び、一定速度で回転している基板上に一定速度で現像液吐出ノズルをスキャンしながら現像液を吐出しつづける方法(ダイナミックディスペンス法)が挙げられる。
 また、現像を行う工程の後に、他の溶剤に置換しながら、現像を停止する工程を実施してもよい。
 現像時間は未露光部の樹脂が十分に溶解する時間であれば特に制限はなく、10~300秒が好ましく、20~120秒がより好ましい。
 現像液の温度は0~50℃が好ましく、15~35℃がより好ましい。
Examples of the developing method include a method of immersing the substrate in a tank filled with a developing solution for a certain period of time (dip method), and a method of raising the developing solution on the surface of the substrate by surface tension and allowing it to stand still for a certain period of time (paddle method). ), A method of spraying the developer on the surface of the substrate (spray method), and a method of continuously discharging the developer while scanning the developer discharge nozzle on the substrate rotating at a constant speed (dynamic discharge method). ).
Further, after the step of performing the development, a step of stopping the development may be carried out while substituting with another solvent.
The development time is not particularly limited as long as the resin in the unexposed portion is sufficiently dissolved, and is preferably 10 to 300 seconds, more preferably 20 to 120 seconds.
The temperature of the developing solution is preferably 0 to 50 ° C, more preferably 15 to 35 ° C.
 アルカリ現像液は、アルカリを含むアルカリ水溶液を用いるのが好ましい。アルカリ水溶液の種類は特に制限されないが、例えば、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシドに代表される4級アンモニウム塩、無機アルカリ、1級アミン、2級アミン、3級アミン、アルコールアミン、又は、環状アミン等を含むアルカリ水溶液が挙げられる。中でも、アルカリ現像液は、テトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド(TMAH)に代表される4級アンモニウム塩の水溶液であるのが好ましい。アルカリ現像液には、アルコール類、界面活性剤等を適当量添加してもよい。アルカリ現像液のアルカリ濃度は、通常、0.1~20質量%である。また、アルカリ現像液のpHは、通常、10.0~15.0である。 It is preferable to use an alkaline aqueous solution containing alkali as the alkaline developer. The type of alkaline aqueous solution is not particularly limited, and for example, a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide, an inorganic alkali, a primary amine, a secondary amine, a tertiary amine, an alcohol amine, a cyclic amine, or the like can be used. Examples include alkaline aqueous solutions containing. Above all, the alkaline developer is preferably an aqueous solution of a quaternary ammonium salt typified by tetramethylammonium hydroxide (TMAH). An appropriate amount of alcohols, surfactants and the like may be added to the alkaline developer. The alkali concentration of the alkaline developer is usually 0.1 to 20% by mass. The pH of the alkaline developer is usually 10.0 to 15.0.
 有機系現像液は、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び炭化水素系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有する現像液であるのが好ましい。 The organic developer is a developer containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, an ether solvent, and a hydrocarbon solvent. It is preferable to have it.
 ケトン系溶剤としては、例えば、1-オクタノン、2-オクタノン、1-ノナノン、2-ノナノン、アセトン、2-ヘプタノン(メチルアミルケトン)、4-ヘプタノン、1-ヘキサノン、2-ヘキサノン、ジイソブチルケトン、シクロヘキサノン、メチルシクロヘキサノン、フェニルアセトン、メチルエチルケトン、メチルイソブチルケトン、アセチルアセトン、アセトニルアセトン、イオノン、ジアセトニルアルコール、アセチルカービノール、アセトフェノン、メチルナフチルケトン、イソホロン、及び、プロピレンカーボネート等を挙げられる。 Examples of the ketone solvent include 1-octanone, 2-octanone, 1-nonanonone, 2-nonanonone, acetone, 2-heptanone (methylamylketone), 4-heptanone, 1-hexanone, 2-hexanone, and diisobutylketone. Examples thereof include cyclohexanone, methylcyclohexanone, phenylacetone, methylethylketone, methylisobutylketone, acetylacetone, acetonylacetone, ionone, diacetonyl alcohol, acetylcarbinol, acetophenone, methylnaphthylketone, isophorone, and propylene carbonate.
 エステル系溶剤としては、例えば、酢酸メチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル、酢酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、酢酸アミル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、エチルー3-エトキシプロピオネート、3-メトキシブチルアセテート、3-メチル-3-メトキシブチルアセテート、蟻酸メチル、蟻酸エチル、蟻酸ブチル、蟻酸プロピル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、乳酸プロピル、ブタン酸ブチル、2-ヒドロキシイソ酪酸メチル、酢酸イソアミル、イソ酪酸イソブチル、及び、プロピオン酸ブチル等を挙げられる。 Examples of the ester solvent include methyl acetate, butyl acetate, ethyl acetate, isopropyl acetate, pentyl acetate, isopentyl acetate, amyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate, and diethylene glycol monoethyl. Ether acetate, ethyl-3-ethoxypropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, methyl formate, ethyl formate, butyl formate, propyl formate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, propyl lactate, butanoic acid Examples thereof include butyl, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutyrate, isoamyl acetate, isobutyl isobutyrate, and butyl propionate.
 アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、エーテル系溶剤、及び、炭化水素系溶剤としては、例えば、米国特許出願公開2016/0070167A1号明細書の段落[0715]~[0718]に開示された溶剤を使用できる。 As the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, the ether solvent, and the hydrocarbon solvent, for example, the solvents disclosed in paragraphs [0715] to [0718] of US Patent Application Publication No. 2016/0070167A1 can be used. ..
 上記の溶剤は、複数混合してもよいし、上記以外の溶剤又は水と混合してもよい。現像液全体としての含水率は、50質量%未満が好ましく、20質量%未満がより好ましく、10質量%未満が更に好ましく、実質的に水分を含有しないのが特に好ましい。
 有機系現像液に対する有機溶剤の含有量は、現像液の全量に対して、50質量%以上100質量%以下が好ましく、80質量%以上100質量%以下がより好ましく、90質量%以上100質量%以下が更に好ましく、95質量%以上100質量%以下が特に好ましい。
A plurality of the above solvents may be mixed, or may be mixed with a solvent other than the above or water. The water content of the developer as a whole is preferably less than 50% by mass, more preferably less than 20% by mass, further preferably less than 10% by mass, and particularly preferably substantially free of water.
The content of the organic solvent in the organic developer is preferably 50% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, more preferably 80% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, and 90% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the developing solution. The following is more preferable, and 95% by mass or more and 100% by mass or less is particularly preferable.
<他の工程>
 上記パターン形成方法は、工程3の後に、リンス液を用いて洗浄する工程を含むのが好ましい。
<Other processes>
The pattern forming method preferably includes a step of washing with a rinsing solution after the step 3.
 アルカリ現像液を用いて現像する工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液としては、例えば、純水が挙げられる。なお、純水には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。リンス液には、界面活性剤を適当量添加してもよい。 Examples of the rinsing solution used in the rinsing step after the step of developing with an alkaline developer include pure water. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to pure water. An appropriate amount of surfactant may be added to the rinse solution.
 有機系現像液を用いた現像工程の後のリンス工程に用いるリンス液は、レジストパターンを溶解しないものであれば特に制限はなく、一般的な有機溶剤を含む溶液を使用できる。リンス液は、炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及び、エーテル系溶剤からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の有機溶剤を含有するリンス液を用いるのが好ましい。
 炭化水素系溶剤、ケトン系溶剤、エステル系溶剤、アルコール系溶剤、アミド系溶剤、及びエーテル系溶剤の例としては、有機溶剤を含む現像液において説明したものと同様のものが挙げられる。
The rinse solution used in the rinse step after the development step using the organic developer is not particularly limited as long as it does not dissolve the resist pattern, and a solution containing a general organic solvent can be used. As the rinsing solution, a rinsing solution containing at least one organic solvent selected from the group consisting of a hydrocarbon solvent, a ketone solvent, an ester solvent, an alcohol solvent, an amide solvent, and an ether solvent is used. Is preferable.
Examples of the hydrocarbon solvent, the ketone solvent, the ester solvent, the alcohol solvent, the amide solvent, and the ether solvent include those similar to those described in the developing solution containing an organic solvent.
 リンス工程の方法は特に限定されず、例えば、一定速度で回転している基板上にリンス液を吐出しつづける方法(回転塗布法)、リンス液が満たされた槽中に基板を一定時間浸漬する方法(ディップ法)、及び、基板表面にリンス液を噴霧する方法(スプレー法)等が挙げられる。
 また、本発明のパターン形成方法は、リンス工程の後に加熱工程(Post Bake)を含んでいてもよい。本工程により、ベークによりパターン間及びパターン内部に残留した現像液及びリンス液が除去される。また、本工程により、レジストパターンがなまされ、パターンの表面荒れが改善される効果もある。リンス工程の後の加熱工程は、通常40~250℃(好ましくは90~200℃)で、通常10秒間~3分間(好ましくは30秒間~120秒間)行う。
The method of the rinsing process is not particularly limited, for example, a method of continuously discharging the rinsing liquid onto a substrate rotating at a constant speed (rotary coating method), or immersing the substrate in a tank filled with the rinsing liquid for a certain period of time. Examples thereof include a method (dip method) and a method of spraying a rinse liquid on the surface of a substrate (spray method).
Further, the pattern forming method of the present invention may include a heating step (Post Bake) after the rinsing step. In this step, the developing solution and the rinsing solution remaining between the patterns and inside the patterns are removed by baking. In addition, this step has the effect of smoothing the resist pattern and improving the surface roughness of the pattern. The heating step after the rinsing step is usually performed at 40 to 250 ° C. (preferably 90 to 200 ° C.) for 10 seconds to 3 minutes (preferably 30 seconds to 120 seconds).
 また、形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板のエッチング処理を実施してもよい。つまり、工程3にて形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(または、下層膜及び基板)を加工して、基板にパターンを形成してもよい。
 基板(または、下層膜及び基板)の加工方法は特に限定されないが、工程3で形成されたパターンをマスクとして、基板(または、下層膜及び基板)に対してドライエッチングを行うことにより、基板にパターンを形成する方法が好ましい。
 ドライエッチングは、1段のエッチングであっても、複数段からなるエッチングであってもよい。エッチングが複数段からなるエッチングである場合、各段のエッチングは同一の処理であっても異なる処理であってもよい。
 エッチングは、公知の方法をいずれも使用でき、各種条件等は、基板の種類又は用途等に応じて、適宜、決定される。例えば、国際光工学会紀要(Proc.of SPIE)Vol.6924,692420(2008)、特開2009-267112号公報等に準じて、エッチングを実施できる。また、「半導体プロセス教本 第4版 2007年刊行 発行人:SEMIジャパン」の「第4章 エッチング」に記載の方法に準ずることもできる。
 中でも、ドライエッチングは、酸素プラズマエッチングが好ましい。
Further, the substrate may be etched using the formed pattern as a mask. That is, the pattern formed in step 3 may be used as a mask to process the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) to form the pattern on the substrate.
The processing method of the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is not particularly limited, but the substrate (or the underlayer film and the substrate) is dry-etched using the pattern formed in step 3 as a mask to obtain the substrate. The method of forming the pattern is preferable.
The dry etching may be one-step etching or multi-step etching. When the etching is an etching consisting of a plurality of stages, the etching of each stage may be the same process or different processes.
Any known method can be used for etching, and various conditions and the like are appropriately determined according to the type and application of the substrate. For example, the Bulletin of the International Society of Optical Engineering (Proc. Of SPIE) Vol. Etching can be performed according to 6924, 692420 (2008), Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2009-267112, and the like. It is also possible to follow the method described in "Chapter 4 Etching" of "Semiconductor Process Textbook 4th Edition 2007 Published Publisher: SEMI Japan".
Of these, oxygen plasma etching is preferable for dry etching.
 レジスト組成物、及び、本発明のパターン形成方法において使用される各種材料(例えば、溶剤、現像液、リンス液、反射防止膜形成用組成物、トップコート形成用組成物等)は、金属等の不純物を含まないのが好ましい。これら材料に含まれる不純物の含有量は、1質量ppm以下が好ましく、10質量ppb以下がより好ましく、100質量ppt以下が更に好ましく、10質量ppt以下が特に好ましく、1質量ppt以下が最も好ましい。ここで、金属不純物としては、例えば、Na、K、Ca、Fe、Cu、Mg、Al、Li、Cr、Ni、Sn、Ag、As、Au、Ba、Cd、Co、Pb、Ti、V、W、及び、Zn等が挙げられる。 The resist composition and various materials used in the pattern forming method of the present invention (for example, solvent, developing solution, rinsing solution, antireflection film forming composition, top coat forming composition, etc.) are made of metal or the like. It is preferable that it does not contain impurities. The content of impurities contained in these materials is preferably 1 mass ppm or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, further preferably 100 mass ppt or less, particularly preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and most preferably 1 mass ppt or less. Here, examples of the metal impurities include Na, K, Ca, Fe, Cu, Mg, Al, Li, Cr, Ni, Sn, Ag, As, Au, Ba, Cd, Co, Pb, Ti, V, etc. W, Zn and the like can be mentioned.
 各種材料から金属等の不純物を除去する方法としては、例えば、フィルターを用いた濾過が挙げられる。フィルター孔径は、ポアサイズ100nm未満が好ましく、10nm以下がより好ましく、5nm以下が更に好ましい。フィルターは、ポリテトラフルオロエチレン製、ポリエチレン製、又は、ナイロン製のフィルターが好ましい。フィルターは、上記フィルター素材とイオン交換メディアとを組み合わせた複合材料で構成されていてもよい。フィルターは、有機溶剤であらかじめ洗浄したフィルターを用いてもよい。フィルター濾過工程では、複数種類のフィルターを直列又は並列に接続して用いてもよい。複数種類のフィルターを使用する場合は、孔径及び/又は材質が異なるフィルターを組み合わせて使用してもよい。また、各種材料を複数回濾過してもよく、複数回濾過する工程が循環濾過工程であってもよい。
 レジスト組成物の製造においては、例えば、樹脂、及び、光酸発生剤等の各成分を溶剤に溶解させた後、素材が異なる複数のフィルターを用いて循環濾過を行うのが好ましい。例えば、孔径50nmのポリエチレン製フィルター、孔径10nmのナイロン製フィルター、孔径3nmのポリエチレン製フィルターを順列に接続し、10回以上循環濾過を行うのが好ましい。フィルター間の圧力差は小さい程好ましく、一般的には0.1MPa以下であり、0.05MPa以下が好ましく、0.01MPa以下がより好ましい。フィルターと充填ノズルの間の圧力差も小さい程好ましく、一般的には0.5MPa以下であり、0.2MPa以下が好ましく、0.1MPa以下がより好ましい。
 レジスト組成物の製造装置の内部は、窒素等の不活性ガスによってガス置換を行うのが好ましい。これにより、酸素等の活性ガスのレジスト組成物中への溶解を抑制できる。
 レジスト組成物はフィルターによって濾過された後、清浄な容器に充填される。容器に充填されたレジスト組成物は、冷蔵保存されるのが好ましい。これにより、経時による性能劣化が抑制される。組成物の容器への充填が完了してから、冷蔵保存を開始するまでの時間は短い程好ましく、一般的には24時間以内であり、16時間以内が好ましく、12時間以内がより好ましく、10時間以内が更に好ましい。保存温度は0~15℃が好ましく、0~10℃がより好ましく、0~5℃が更に好ましい。
Examples of the method for removing impurities such as metals from various materials include filtration using a filter. The filter pore size is preferably less than 100 nm, more preferably 10 nm or less, and even more preferably 5 nm or less. The filter is preferably made of polytetrafluoroethylene, polyethylene, or nylon. The filter may be composed of a composite material in which the above filter material and an ion exchange medium are combined. As the filter, a filter that has been pre-cleaned with an organic solvent may be used. Filter In the filtration step, a plurality of types of filters may be connected in series or in parallel. When using a plurality of types of filters, filters having different pore diameters and / or materials may be used in combination. Further, various materials may be filtered a plurality of times, and the step of filtering the various materials a plurality of times may be a circulation filtration step.
In the production of the resist composition, for example, it is preferable to dissolve each component such as a resin and a photoacid generator in a solvent, and then perform circulation filtration using a plurality of filters made of different materials. For example, it is preferable to connect a polyethylene filter having a pore diameter of 50 nm, a nylon filter having a pore diameter of 10 nm, and a polyethylene filter having a pore diameter of 3 nm in a permutation, and perform circulation filtration 10 times or more. The smaller the pressure difference between the filters, the more preferable it is. Generally, it is 0.1 MPa or less, preferably 0.05 MPa or less, and more preferably 0.01 MPa or less. The smaller the pressure difference between the filter and the filling nozzle, the more preferable it is, and generally 0.5 MPa or less, 0.2 MPa or less is preferable, and 0.1 MPa or less is more preferable.
The inside of the resist composition manufacturing apparatus is preferably gas-replaced with an inert gas such as nitrogen. This makes it possible to suppress the dissolution of an active gas such as oxygen in the resist composition.
The resist composition is filtered through a filter and then filled in a clean container. The resist composition filled in the container is preferably stored in a refrigerator. As a result, performance deterioration over time is suppressed. The shorter the time from the completion of filling the composition into the container to the start of refrigerated storage is preferably, generally within 24 hours, preferably within 16 hours, more preferably within 12 hours, and 10 Within hours is even more preferred. The storage temperature is preferably 0 to 15 ° C, more preferably 0 to 10 ° C, and even more preferably 0 to 5 ° C.
 また、各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減する方法としては、例えば、各種材料を構成する原料として金属含有量が少ない原料を選択する方法、各種材料を構成する原料に対してフィルター濾過を行う方法、及び、装置内をテフロン(登録商標)でライニングする等してコンタミネーションを可能な限り抑制した条件下で蒸留を行う方法等が挙げられる。 Further, as a method of reducing impurities such as metals contained in various materials, for example, a method of selecting a raw material having a low metal content as a raw material constituting various materials, and a filter filtration of the raw materials constituting various materials are performed. Examples thereof include a method of performing the distillation and a method of performing distillation under conditions in which contamination is suppressed as much as possible by lining the inside of the apparatus with Teflon (registered trademark).
 フィルター濾過の他、吸着材による不純物の除去を行ってもよく、フィルター濾過と吸着材とを組み合わせて使用してもよい。吸着材としては、公知の吸着材を使用でき、例えば、シリカゲル及びゼオライト等の無機系吸着材、並びに、活性炭等の有機系吸着材を使用できる。上記各種材料に含まれる金属等の不純物を低減するためには、製造工程における金属不純物の混入を防止する必要がある。製造装置から金属不純物が十分に除去されたかどうかは、製造装置の洗浄に使用された洗浄液中に含まれる金属成分の含有量を測定して確認できる。使用後の洗浄液に含まれる金属成分の含有量は、100質量ppt(parts per trillion)以下が好ましく、10質量ppt以下がより好ましく、1質量ppt以下が更に好ましい。 In addition to filter filtration, impurities may be removed by an adsorbent, or filter filtration and an adsorbent may be used in combination. As the adsorbent, a known adsorbent can be used, and for example, an inorganic adsorbent such as silica gel and zeolite, and an organic adsorbent such as activated carbon can be used. In order to reduce impurities such as metals contained in the various materials, it is necessary to prevent the mixing of metal impurities in the manufacturing process. Whether or not the metal impurities are sufficiently removed from the manufacturing apparatus can be confirmed by measuring the content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid used for cleaning the manufacturing apparatus. The content of the metal component contained in the cleaning liquid after use is preferably 100 mass ppt (parts per trillion) or less, more preferably 10 mass ppt or less, and further preferably 1 mass ppt or less.
 リンス液等の有機系処理液には、静電気の帯電、引き続き生じる静電気放電に伴う、薬液配管及び各種パーツ(フィルター、O-リング、チューブ等)の故障を防止する為、導電性の化合物を添加してもよい。導電性の化合物は特に制限されないが、例えば、メタノールが挙げられる。添加量は特に制限されないが、好ましい現像特性又はリンス特性を維持する点で、10質量%以下が好ましく、5質量%以下がより好ましい。
 薬液配管としては、例えば、SUS(ステンレス鋼)、又は、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、若しくは、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)で被膜された各種配管を使用できる。フィルター及びO-リングに関しても同様に、帯電防止処理の施されたポリエチレン、ポリプロピレン、又は、フッ素樹脂(ポリテトラフルオロエチレン、又は、パーフロオロアルコキシ樹脂等)を使用できる。
Conductive compounds are added to organic treatment liquids such as rinse liquids to prevent damage to chemical liquid piping and various parts (filters, O-rings, tubes, etc.) due to static electricity charging and subsequent electrostatic discharge. You may. The conductive compound is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include methanol. The amount to be added is not particularly limited, but is preferably 10% by mass or less, more preferably 5% by mass or less, in terms of maintaining preferable development characteristics or rinsing characteristics.
Examples of the chemical solution piping include various piping coated with SUS (stainless steel), antistatic polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perflooloalkoxy resin, etc.). Can be used. Similarly, for the filter and the O-ring, antistatic treated polyethylene, polypropylene, or fluororesin (polytetrafluoroethylene, perflooloalkoxy resin, etc.) can be used.
 本発明の方法により形成されるパターンに対して、パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法を適用してもよい。パターンの表面荒れを改善する方法としては、例えば、国際公開第2014/002808号に開示された水素を含有するガスのプラズマによってパターンを処理する方法が挙げられる。その他にも、特開2004-235468号公報、米国特許出願公開第2010/0020297号明細書、特開2008-83384号公報、及び、Proc. of SPIE Vol.8328 83280N-1”EUV Resist Curing Technique for LWR Reduction and Etch Selectivity Enhancement”に記載されているような公知の方法が挙げられる。 A method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern may be applied to the pattern formed by the method of the present invention. Examples of the method for improving the surface roughness of the pattern include a method of treating the pattern with a plasma of a hydrogen-containing gas disclosed in International Publication No. 2014/002808. In addition, JP-A-2004-235468, US Patent Application Publication No. 2010/0020297, JP-A-2008-83384, and Proc. Of SPIE Vol. 8328 83280N-1 "EUV Resist Curing Technology for LWR Reduction and Etch Sensitivity Enhancement" can be mentioned.
 形成されるパターンがライン状である場合、パターン高さをライン幅で割った値で求められるアスペクト比が、2.5以下が好ましく、2.1以下がより好ましく、1.7以下が更に好ましい。
 形成されるパターンがトレンチ(溝)パターン状又はコンタクトホールパターン状である場合、パターン高さをトレンチ幅又はホール径で割った値で求められるアスペクト比が、4.0以下が好ましく、3.5以下がより好ましく、3.0以下が更に好ましい。
When the pattern to be formed is line-shaped, the aspect ratio obtained by dividing the pattern height by the line width is preferably 2.5 or less, more preferably 2.1 or less, still more preferably 1.7 or less. ..
When the pattern to be formed is a trench pattern or a contact hole pattern, the aspect ratio obtained by dividing the pattern height by the trench width or the hole diameter is preferably 4.0 or less, preferably 3.5. The following is more preferable, and 3.0 or less is further preferable.
 本発明のパターン形成方法は、DSA(Directed Self-Assembly)におけるガイドパターン形成(例えば、ACS Nano Vol.4 No.8Page4815-4823参照)にも使用できる。 The pattern forming method of the present invention can also be used for guide pattern forming in DSA (Directed Self-Assembly) (see, for example, ACS Nano Vol. 4 No. 8 Page 4815-4823).
 また、上記の方法によって形成されたパターンは、例えば、特開平3-270227号公報、及び、特開2013-164509号公報に開示されたスペーサープロセスの芯材(コア)として使用できる。 Further, the pattern formed by the above method can be used as, for example, the core material (core) of the spacer process disclosed in Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 3-270227 and Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2013-164509.
 また、本発明は、上記したパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法、及び、この製造方法により製造された電子デバイスにも関する。
 本発明の電子デバイスは、電気電子機器(家電、OA(Office Automation)、メディア関連機器、光学用機器及び通信機器等)に、好適に、搭載されるものである。
The present invention also relates to a method for manufacturing an electronic device including the above-mentioned pattern forming method, and an electronic device manufactured by this manufacturing method.
The electronic device of the present invention is suitably mounted on an electric electronic device (home appliance, OA (Office Automation), media-related device, optical device, communication device, etc.).
 以下に実施例に基づいて本発明を更に詳細に説明する。以下の実施例に示す材料、使用量、割合、処理内容、及び処理手順等は、本発明の趣旨を逸脱しない限り適宜変更できる。したがって、本発明の範囲は以下に示す実施例により限定的に解釈されるべきではない。
 なお、特に断りのない限り、「部」、「%」は質量基準である。
Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail based on Examples. The materials, amounts used, ratios, treatment contents, treatment procedures, etc. shown in the following examples can be appropriately changed as long as they do not deviate from the gist of the present invention. Therefore, the scope of the invention should not be construed as limiting by the examples shown below.
Unless otherwise specified, "parts" and "%" are based on mass.
[感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物の各種成分] [Various components of actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition]
〔樹脂(A)〕
<モノマー(M1)の合成>
[Resin (A)]
<Synthesis of monomer (M1)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
 スルファベンズアミド39gにアセトン310mlと0.5mol/l水酸化ナトリウム水溶液310mlを加え、氷冷下撹拌しながら、メタクリル酸クロライド15.6gを滴下した。室温(25℃)で5時間撹拌した後、反応液に1mol/l塩酸20mlを加え、ろ過した。得られた固体にアセトン750mlを加え、撹拌しながら加熱還流し、不溶物をろ過して除去した。得られたアセトン溶液を撹拌しながら水1000mlを加えると白色結晶が析出し、これをろ過して、モノマー(M1)25.0g(収率51%)を得た。
H-NMR(DMSO-d6:ppm)δ:12.45(br)、10.22(s)、7.94(m)、7.86(d)、7.62(t)、7.49(t)、5.86(s)、5.60(s)、1.96(s)
To 39 g of sulfabenzamide, 310 ml of acetone and 310 ml of a 0.5 mol / l sodium hydroxide aqueous solution were added, and 15.6 g of methacrylic acid chloride was added dropwise while stirring under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 5 hours, 20 ml of 1 mol / l hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was filtered. 750 ml of acetone was added to the obtained solid, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring, and the insoluble matter was filtered off. When 1000 ml of water was added while stirring the obtained acetone solution, white crystals were precipitated, which were filtered to obtain 25.0 g (yield 51%) of the monomer (M1).
1 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6: ppm) δ: 12.45 (br), 10.22 (s), 7.94 (m), 7.86 (d), 7.62 (t), 7. 49 (t), 5.86 (s), 5.60 (s), 1.96 (s)
<モノマー(M6)の合成> <Synthesis of monomer (M6)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
(モノマーM5の合成)
 4-アセトキシ安息香酸25gにトルエン150mlとN,N’-ジメチルホルムアミド0.5gを加え、さらに塩化チオニル19.8gを加えて、70℃で2時間加熱撹拌を行った。室温(25℃)でまで冷却後、残留した塩化チオニルと溶媒を減圧留去し、4-アセトキシ安息香酸クロライドのトルエン溶液30.3g(濃度91.7質量%)を得た。4-メタクリルアミドベンゼンスルホンアミド30gにN,N’-ジメチルアセトアミド180mlとトリエチルアミン17.0g、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン1.4gを加え、氷冷下撹拌しながら、前記で調製した4-アセトキシ安息香酸クロライドのトルエン溶液を全て滴下した。室温で10時間撹拌した後、0.5mol/l塩酸1000mlに反応液を加えてろ過し、白色固体を得た。この固体にアセトン970mlを加えて、撹拌しながら加熱還流し、不溶物をろ過して除去した。得られたアセトン溶液を撹拌しながら水1100mlを加えると白色結晶が析出し、これをろ過した。この結晶に、酢酸エチル/ジイソプロピルエーテル=80/20(質量比)の混合溶媒350gを加えて撹拌し、ろ過して、モノマー(M5)16.0g(収率32%)を得た。
H-NMR(DMSO-d6:ppm)δ:12.48(br)、10.22(s)、8.01-7.88(m)、7.26(d)、5.86(s)、5.60(s)、2.29(s)、1.96(s)
(Synthesis of Monomer M5)
To 25 g of 4-acetoxybenzoic acid, 150 ml of toluene and 0.5 g of N, N'-dimethylformamide were added, and 19.8 g of thionyl chloride was further added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 70 ° C. for 2 hours. After cooling to room temperature (25 ° C.), the remaining thionyl chloride and the solvent were distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 30.3 g (concentration: 91.7% by mass) of a toluene solution of 4-acetoxybenzoic acid chloride. To 30 g of 4-methacrylamidebenzenesulfonamide, 180 ml of N, N'-dimethylacetamide, 17.0 g of triethylamine, and 1.4 g of 4-dimethylaminopyridine were added, and the 4-acetoxybenzoic acid prepared above was stirred under ice-cooling. All of the toluene solution of chloride was added dropwise. After stirring at room temperature for 10 hours, the reaction solution was added to 1000 ml of 0.5 mol / l hydrochloric acid and filtered to obtain a white solid. 970 ml of acetone was added to this solid, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring, and the insoluble matter was filtered off. When 1100 ml of water was added while stirring the obtained acetone solution, white crystals were precipitated, which were filtered. To this crystal, 350 g of a mixed solvent of ethyl acetate / diisopropyl ether = 80/20 (mass ratio) was added, stirred, and filtered to obtain 16.0 g (yield 32%) of monomer (M5).
1 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6: ppm) δ: 12.48 (br), 10.22 (s), 8.01-7.88 (m), 7.26 (d), 5.86 (s) ), 5.60 (s), 2.29 (s), 1.96 (s)
(モノマーM6の合成)
 モノマー(M5)15gに、0.5mol/l水酸化ナトリウム水溶液240mlとメタノール80mlを加え、室温で5時間撹拌した。反応液をろ過して不溶物を除去した後、酢酸エチル300mlを加えて分液操作を行った。水層に水600mlを加え、撹拌しながら濃塩酸36mlを滴下すると、白色結晶が析出した。これをろ過して、モノマー(M6)11.5g(収率86%)を得た。
H-NMR(DMSO-d6:ppm)δ:12.11(br)、10.36(s)、10.20(s)、7.92(m)、7.75(d)、6.80(d)、5.85(s)、5.59(s)、1.95(s)
(Synthesis of monomer M6)
To 15 g of the monomer (M5), 240 ml of a 0.5 mol / l sodium hydroxide aqueous solution and 80 ml of methanol were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours. After filtering the reaction solution to remove insoluble matter, 300 ml of ethyl acetate was added to carry out a liquid separation operation. When 600 ml of water was added to the aqueous layer and 36 ml of concentrated hydrochloric acid was added dropwise with stirring, white crystals were precipitated. This was filtered to obtain 11.5 g (yield 86%) of monomer (M6).
1 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6: ppm) δ: 12.11 (br), 10.36 (s), 10.20 (s), 7.92 (m), 7.75 (d), 6. 80 (d), 5.85 (s), 5.59 (s), 1.95 (s)
<モノマー(M3)の合成> <Synthesis of monomer (M3)>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
(モノマーM11の合成)
 4-ビニルスルホン酸ナトリウム40gにアセトニトリル370mlとN,N’-ジメチルホルムアミド7.4gを加えた溶液に、氷冷下塩化チオニル47.7gを加えて、50℃で4時間加熱撹拌を行った。室温(25℃)まで冷却後、アンモニア水溶液(濃度25質量%)92gと水500gの混合液に氷冷下で反応液を加え、室温(25℃)で1時間撹拌した。反応液を酢酸エチル600mlで2回抽出し、得られた有機層を水600mlで洗浄した後に、硫酸ナトリウムを加えた。硫酸ナトリウムをろ別後に溶媒を減圧留去し、モノマー(M11)20.0g(収率56%)を得た。
H-NMR(DMSO-d6:ppm)δ:7.79(d)、7.66(d)、7.35(br)、6.81(dd)、5.99(d)、5.42(d)
(Synthesis of Monomer M11)
To a solution prepared by adding 370 ml of acetonitrile and 7.4 g of N, N'-dimethylformamide to 40 g of sodium 4-vinylsulfonate, 47.7 g of thionyl chloride under ice-cooling was added, and the mixture was heated and stirred at 50 ° C. for 4 hours. After cooling to room temperature (25 ° C.), the reaction solution was added to a mixed solution of 92 g of an aqueous ammonia solution (concentration 25% by mass) and 500 g of water under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was extracted twice with 600 ml of ethyl acetate, and the obtained organic layer was washed with 600 ml of water, and then sodium sulfate was added. After the sodium sulfate was filtered off, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 20.0 g (yield 56%) of the monomer (M11).
1 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6: ppm) δ: 7.79 (d), 7.66 (d), 7.35 (br), 6.81 (dd), 5.99 (d), 5. 42 (d)
(モノマーM3の合成)
 モノマー(M11)15gに、テトラヒドロフラン200mlとトリエチルアミン10.8g、4-ジメチルアミノピリジン1.0gを加え、氷冷下撹拌しながら、塩化ベンゾイル12.7gを滴下した。室温(25℃)で10時間撹拌した後、反応液に水400mlを加え、酢酸エチル200mlで2回抽出した。得られた有機層を水200mlで3回洗浄した後に、硫酸ナトリウムを加えた。硫酸ナトリウムをろ別後に溶媒を減圧留去し、得られた残留物をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(溶離液:酢酸エチル/n-ヘキサン=50/50(体積比))で精製した。カラム精製した固体に酢酸エチル25mlを加え、撹拌しながら加熱還流した。室温(25℃)まで冷却後、n-ヘキサン30mlを加えると白色結晶が析出し、これをろ過して、モノマー(M3)5.0g(収率21%)を得た。
H-NMR(DMSO-d6:ppm)δ:12.54(br)、7.97(d)、7.86(d)、7.73(d)、7.63(t)、7.49(t)、6.84(dd)、6.04(d)、5.48(d)
(Synthesis of monomer M3)
To 15 g of the monomer (M11), 200 ml of tetrahydrofuran, 10.8 g of triethylamine and 1.0 g of 4-dimethylaminopyridine were added, and 12.7 g of benzoyl chloride was added dropwise while stirring under ice-cooling. After stirring at room temperature (25 ° C.) for 10 hours, 400 ml of water was added to the reaction solution, and the mixture was extracted twice with 200 ml of ethyl acetate. The obtained organic layer was washed 3 times with 200 ml of water, and then sodium sulfate was added. After the sodium sulfate was filtered off, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the obtained residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (eluent: ethyl acetate / n-hexane = 50/50 (volume ratio)). 25 ml of ethyl acetate was added to the column-purified solid, and the mixture was heated under reflux with stirring. After cooling to room temperature (25 ° C.), 30 ml of n-hexane was added to precipitate white crystals, which were filtered to obtain 5.0 g (yield 21%) of monomer (M3).
1 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6: ppm) δ: 12.54 (br), 7.97 (d), 7.86 (d), 7.73 (d), 7.63 (t), 7. 49 (t), 6.84 (dd), 6.04 (d), 5.48 (d)
 <樹脂A-1の合成> <Synthesis of resin A-1>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 0.78gのモノマー(M1)と、7.8gのモノマー(Mb1)と、1.3gのモノマー(Md7)と、0.54gの重合開始剤V-601(和光純薬工業(株)製)とを、41.1gのシクロヘキサノンに溶解させた。反応容器中に17.8gのシクロヘキサノンと3.12gのモノマー(M1)を入れ、85℃で加熱して溶解し、窒素ガス雰囲気下85℃の系中に、前記で調製したモノマーと開始剤の混合溶液を4時間かけて滴下した。反応溶液を2時間に亘って加熱撹拌した後、これを室温(25℃)まで放冷した。上記反応溶液を455gのメタノールと水の混合溶媒(メタノール/水=40/60(質量比))中に滴下しポリマーを沈殿させ、ろ過した。得られたポリマーをアセトン50gに溶解し、455gのn-ヘプタンと酢酸エチルの混合溶媒(n-ヘプタン/酢酸エチル=90/10(質量比))中に滴下した。沈殿したポリマーをろ過し、上記のn-ヘプタンと酢酸エチルの混合溶媒195gを用いて、ろ過したポリマーのかけ洗いを行なった。洗浄後のポリマーを40℃で送風乾燥し、10.0gの樹脂(A-1)を得た。GPCによる重量平均分子量は13000、分子量分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.95であった。
 H-NMR(DMSO―d6:ppm)δ:12.41、9.63、8.13-7.29、2.23-0.64
0.78 g of monomer (M1), 7.8 g of monomer (Mb1), 1.3 g of monomer (Md7), and 0.54 g of polymerization initiator V-601 (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) Was dissolved in 41.1 g of cyclohexanone. 17.8 g of cyclohexanone and 3.12 g of monomer (M1) are placed in a reaction vessel, heated at 85 ° C. to dissolve, and the monomer and initiator prepared above are placed in a system at 85 ° C. under a nitrogen gas atmosphere. The mixed solution was added dropwise over 4 hours. The reaction solution was heated and stirred for 2 hours and then allowed to cool to room temperature (25 ° C.). The reaction solution was added dropwise to 455 g of a mixed solvent of methanol and water (methanol / water = 40/60 (mass ratio)) to precipitate a polymer, which was then filtered. The obtained polymer was dissolved in 50 g of acetone and added dropwise to 455 g of a mixed solvent of n-heptane and ethyl acetate (n-heptane / ethyl acetate = 90/10 (mass ratio)). The precipitated polymer was filtered, and the filtered polymer was washed with 195 g of the above-mentioned mixed solvent of n-heptane and ethyl acetate. The washed polymer was air-dried at 40 ° C. to obtain 10.0 g of resin (A-1). The weight average molecular weight by GPC was 13000, and the molecular weight dispersion (Mw / Mn) was 1.95.
1 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d6: ppm) δ: 12.41, 9.63, 8.13-7.29, 2.23-0.64
 用いるモノマーを変更した以外は、上記樹脂A-1の合成例と同様の方法で、表1に示す樹脂(A)を合成した。
 樹脂(A)の組成比(モル比)は、H-NMRまたは13C-NMR測定により算出した。
 樹脂(A)の重量平均分子量(Mw:ポリスチレン換算)、分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(溶媒:THF)測定により算出した。なお、表1には、各樹脂について、繰り返し単位の組成比(モル比)、芳香族基を有する繰り返し単位の含有量(モル比)、重量平均分子量、分散度を示した。
 繰り返し単位1は、繰り返し単位(a1)に対応する。
 なお、樹脂(RA-1)~(RA-4)は、樹脂(A)ではないが、便宜上表1に記載した。
The resin (A) shown in Table 1 was synthesized in the same manner as in the above synthesis example of the resin A-1 except that the monomer used was changed.
The composition ratio (molar ratio) of the resin (A) was calculated by 1 H-NMR or 13 C-NMR measurement.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw: polystyrene conversion) and the dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the resin (A) were calculated by GPC (solvent: THF) measurement. Table 1 shows the composition ratio (molar ratio) of the repeating unit, the content (molar ratio) of the repeating unit having an aromatic group, the weight average molecular weight, and the dispersity of each resin.
The repeating unit 1 corresponds to the repeating unit (a1).
Although the resins (RA-1) to (RA-4) are not the resins (A), they are listed in Table 1 for convenience.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
 以下に、各樹脂(A-1~A-47、RA-1~RA-4)の、それぞれが有する繰り返し単位を示す。 The repeating units of each resin (A-1 to A-47, RA-1 to RA-4) are shown below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
〔光酸発生剤〕
 以下に示す光酸発生剤を使用した。
[Photoacid generator]
The following photoacid generators were used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
〔酸拡散制御剤〕
 以下に示す酸拡散制御剤を使用した。
[Acid diffusion control agent]
The acid diffusion control agents shown below were used.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
〔疎水性樹脂〕
 疎水性樹脂(E)(樹脂E-1)の構造を以下に示す。
 なお、疎水性樹脂E-1の重量平均分子量(Mw)及び分散度(Mw/Mn)はGPC(キャリア:テトラヒドロフラン(THF))により測定した(ポリスチレン換算量である)。また、樹脂の組成比(モル比)は、13C-NMRにより測定した。
 疎水性樹脂E-1の重量平均分子量(Mw)は、15000であり、分散度(Mw/Mn)は1.50であり、組成比はモル比で50/50であった。
[Hydrophobic resin]
The structure of the hydrophobic resin (E) (resin E-1) is shown below.
The weight average molecular weight (Mw) and dispersity (Mw / Mn) of the hydrophobic resin E-1 were measured by GPC (carrier: tetrahydrofuran (THF)) (in terms of polystyrene). The composition ratio (molar ratio) of the resin was measured by 13 C-NMR.
The hydrophobic resin E-1 had a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of 15,000, a dispersity (Mw / Mn) of 1.50, and a composition ratio of 50/50 in terms of molar ratio.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
〔界面活性剤〕
 以下に示す界面活性剤を使用した。
W-1: メガファックF176(DIC(株)製;フッ素系)
W-2: メガファックR08(DIC(株)製;フッ素及びシリコン系)
[Surfactant]
The surfactants shown below were used.
W-1: Megafuck F176 (manufactured by DIC Corporation; fluorine-based)
W-2: Megafuck R08 (manufactured by DIC Corporation; fluorine and silicon type)
〔溶剤〕
 以下に示す溶剤を使用した。
 F-1:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート(PGMEA)
 F-2:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル(PGME)
 F-3:プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル(PGEE)
 F-4:シクロヘキサノン
 F-5:シクロペンタノン
 F-6:2-ヘプタノン
 F-7:乳酸エチル
 F-8:γ-ブチロラクトン
 F-9:プロピレンカーボネート
〔solvent〕
The following solvents were used.
F-1: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate (PGMEA)
F-2: Propylene glycol monomethyl ether (PGME)
F-3: Propylene glycol monoethyl ether (PGEE)
F-4: Cyclohexanone F-5: Cyclopentanone F-6: 2-Heptanone F-7: Ethyl lactate F-8: γ-Butyrolactone F-9: Propylene carbonate
[レジスト組成物の調製]
 表2に示した各成分を固形分濃度が2.0質量%となるように混合した。次いで、得られた混合液を、最初に孔径50nmのポリエチレン製フィルター、次に孔径10nmのナイロン製フィルター、最後に孔径5nmのポリエチレン製フィルターの順番で濾過することにより、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物(以下、レジスト組成物ともいう)を調製した。
 なお、レジスト組成物において、固形分とは、溶剤以外の全ての成分を意味する。得られた樹脂組成物を、実施例及び比較例で使用した。
 以下の「樹脂(A)」欄、「光酸発生剤(B)」欄、「酸拡散制御剤(D)」欄、「疎水性樹脂(E)」欄、及び、「界面活性剤」欄に記載の各成分の含有量(添加量)は、全固形分に対する各成分の割合(質量%)を表す。
[Preparation of resist composition]
Each component shown in Table 2 was mixed so that the solid content concentration was 2.0% by mass. Next, the obtained mixed solution is first filtered through a polyethylene filter having a pore size of 50 nm, then a nylon filter having a pore diameter of 10 nm, and finally a polyethylene filter having a pore diameter of 5 nm, thereby causing sensitive light or radiation. A sex resin composition (hereinafter, also referred to as a resist composition) was prepared.
In the resist composition, the solid content means all components other than the solvent. The obtained resin composition was used in Examples and Comparative Examples.
The following "resin (A)" column, "photoacid generator (B)" column, "acid diffusion control agent (D)" column, "hydrophobic resin (E)" column, and "surfactant" column The content (addition amount) of each component described in 1 represents the ratio (mass%) of each component to the total solid content.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000074
[パターン形成]
〔EUV露光、有機溶剤現像〕
 シリコンウエハ上に下層膜形成用組成物AL412(Brewer Science社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmの下地膜を形成した。その上に、表3に示すレジスト組成物(レジスト組成物の組成については表2を参照)を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupol、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いて、得られたレジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハに対してパターン照射を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=20nmであり、且つ、ライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を90℃で60秒間ベークした後、酢酸n-ブチルで30秒間現像し、これをスピン乾燥してネガ型のパターンを得た。
[Pattern formation]
[EUV exposure, organic solvent development]
The underlayer film forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a base film having a film thickness of 20 nm. The resist composition shown in Table 3 (see Table 2 for the composition of the resist composition) was applied thereto, and the mixture was baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
Using an EUV exposure device (Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech), pattern irradiation was performed on the silicon wafer having the obtained resist film. It was. As the reticulum, a mask having a line size of 20 nm and a line: space = 1: 1 was used.
The resist film after exposure was baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds, developed with n-butyl acetate for 30 seconds, and spin-dried to obtain a negative pattern.
〔評価〕
[ラフネス性能](LWR(line width roughness)性能)
 ライン幅が平均20nmのラインパターンを解像する時の最適露光量にて解像した20nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのパターンに対して、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察する際、線幅を50箇所で観測し、その測定ばらつきを3σで評価し、LWR(nm)とした。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
[Evaluation]
[Roughness performance] (LWR (line width noise) performance)
A length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM Co., Ltd.) was used for a 20 nm (1: 1) line-and-space pattern resolved at the optimum exposure amount when resolving a line pattern with an average line width of 20 nm. When observing from the upper part of the pattern using Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II)), the line width was observed at 50 points, and the measurement variation was evaluated by 3σ and used as LWR (nm). The smaller the value, the better the performance.
[倒れ前線幅]
 露光量を変化させながら、ラインアンドスペースパターンのライン幅を測定した。この際、10μm四方にわたりパターンが倒れることなく解像している最小のライン幅の平均値を、倒れ前線幅とした。この値が小さいほど、パターン倒れのマージンが広く、性能良好であることを示す。
[Fall front width]
The line width of the line-and-space pattern was measured while changing the exposure amount. At this time, the average value of the minimum line widths that resolve the pattern without collapsing over 10 μm square was defined as the collapse front width. The smaller this value is, the wider the margin of pattern collapse is, and the better the performance is.
[ブリッジ前線幅]
 露光量を変化させながら、ラインアンドスペースパターンのライン幅を測定した。この際、10μm四方にわたりブリッジがなく解像している最大のライン幅の平均値を、ブリッジ前線幅とした。この値が大きいほど、ブリッジに対するマージンが広く、性能良好であることを示す。
[Bridge front width]
The line width of the line-and-space pattern was measured while changing the exposure amount. At this time, the average value of the maximum line widths resolved without a bridge over 10 μm square was defined as the bridge front width. The larger this value is, the wider the margin for the bridge is and the better the performance is.
[解像性のマージン]
 上記ブリッジ前線幅から上記倒れ前線幅を引いた値であり、値が大きいほど、解像性のマージンが広く好ましい。
[Margin of resolution]
It is a value obtained by subtracting the collapse front width from the bridge front width, and the larger the value, the wider the margin of resolution is preferable.
 評価結果を表3に示す。 The evaluation results are shown in Table 3.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000075
 上記表3に示すように本発明のレジスト組成物は、有機溶剤現像でパターンを形成した場合に、倒れ前線幅を低減でき、ブリッジ前線幅を増大でき、解像性のマージンに優れ、更にラフネス性能に優れることが確認された。一方で、比較例のレジスト組成物では、これら性能が不十分であった。 As shown in Table 3 above, the resist composition of the present invention can reduce the collapse front width, increase the bridge front width, have an excellent resolution margin, and further provide roughness when a pattern is formed by organic solvent development. It was confirmed that the performance was excellent. On the other hand, the resist compositions of Comparative Examples had insufficient performance.
〔EUV露光、アルカリ現像〕
 シリコンウエハ上に下層膜形成用組成物AL412(Brewer Science社製)を塗布し、205℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚20nmの下地膜を形成した。その上に、表4に示すレジスト組成物(レジスト組成物の組成については表2を参照)を塗布し、100℃で60秒間ベークして、膜厚30nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 EUV露光装置(Exitech社製、Micro Exposure Tool、NA0.3、Quadrupol、アウターシグマ0.68、インナーシグマ0.36)を用いて、得られたレジスト膜を有するシリコンウエハに対してパターン照射を行った。なお、レクチルとしては、ラインサイズ=20nmであり、且つ、ライン:スペース=1:1であるマスクを用いた。
 露光後のレジスト膜を90℃で60秒間ベークした後、テトラメチルアンモニウムハイドロオキサイド水溶液(2.38質量%)で30秒間現像し、次いで純水で30秒間リンスした。その後、これをスピン乾燥してポジ型のパターンを得た。
 上述したのと同様に、ラフネス性能、倒れ前線幅、ブリッジ前線幅、及び解像性のマージンの評価を行った。
[EUV exposure, alkaline development]
The underlayer film forming composition AL412 (manufactured by Brewer Science) was applied onto a silicon wafer and baked at 205 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a base film having a film thickness of 20 nm. The resist composition shown in Table 4 (see Table 2 for the composition of the resist composition) was applied thereto, and the mixture was baked at 100 ° C. for 60 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 30 nm.
Using an EUV exposure device (Micro Exposure Tool, NA0.3, Quadrupole, outer sigma 0.68, inner sigma 0.36, manufactured by Exitech), pattern irradiation was performed on the silicon wafer having the obtained resist film. It was. As the reticulum, a mask having a line size of 20 nm and a line: space = 1: 1 was used.
The resist film after exposure was baked at 90 ° C. for 60 seconds, developed with an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide (2.38% by mass) for 30 seconds, and then rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds. Then, this was spin-dried to obtain a positive pattern.
Roughness performance, collapse front width, bridge front width, and resolution margin were evaluated in the same manner as described above.
 評価結果を下記表4に示す。 The evaluation results are shown in Table 4 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000076
 上記表4に示すように本発明のレジスト組成物は、アルカリ現像でパターンを形成した場合に、倒れ前線幅を低減でき、ブリッジ前線幅を増大でき、解像性のマージンに優れ、更にラフネス性能に優れることが確認された。一方で、比較例のレジスト組成物では、これら性能が不十分であった。 As shown in Table 4 above, the resist composition of the present invention can reduce the collapse front width, increase the bridge front width, have an excellent resolution margin, and further provide roughness performance when a pattern is formed by alkaline development. It was confirmed that it was excellent. On the other hand, the resist compositions of Comparative Examples had insufficient performance.
〔EB露光、アルカリ現像〕
 表5に示すレジスト組成物(レジスト組成物の組成については表2を参照)を、スピンコーターを用いて、ヘキサメチルジシラザン処理を施したシリコン基板上に均一に塗布した。次いで、ホットプレート上で120℃、90秒間加熱乾燥を行い、膜厚35nmのレジスト膜を形成した。
 電子線照射装置((株)日立製作所製HL750、加速電圧50keV)を用い、得られたレジスト膜に対して線幅24nmの1:1ラインアンドスペースパターンの6%ハーフトーンマスクを通して電子線照射を行った。照射後、直ぐにホットプレート上で110℃、60秒間加熱した。更に、濃度2.38質量%のテトラメチルアンモニウムヒドロキシド水溶液を用いて23℃で60秒間現像し、30秒間純水にてリンスした後、スピン乾燥してポジ型パターンを得た。
[EB exposure, alkaline development]
The resist composition shown in Table 5 (see Table 2 for the composition of the resist composition) was uniformly applied onto a silicon substrate treated with hexamethyldisilazane using a spin coater. Then, it was dried by heating on a hot plate at 120 ° C. for 90 seconds to form a resist film having a film thickness of 35 nm.
Using an electron beam irradiation device (HL750 manufactured by Hitachi, Ltd., acceleration voltage 50 keV), electron beam irradiation is performed on the obtained resist film through a 6% halftone mask with a line width of 24 nm and a 1: 1 line and space pattern. went. Immediately after irradiation, it was heated on a hot plate at 110 ° C. for 60 seconds. Further, it was developed at 23 ° C. for 60 seconds using an aqueous solution of tetramethylammonium hydroxide having a concentration of 2.38% by mass, rinsed with pure water for 30 seconds, and then spin-dried to obtain a positive pattern.
〔評価〕
[ラフネス性能](LWR(line width roughness)性能)
 ライン幅が平均24nmのラインパターンを解像する時の最適露光量にて解像した20nm(1:1)のラインアンドスペースのパターンに対して、測長走査型電子顕微鏡(SEM((株)日立製作所S-9380II))を使用してパターン上部から観察する際、線幅を50箇所で観測し、その測定ばらつきを3σで評価し、LWR(nm)とした。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。値が小さいほど良好な性能であることを示す。
[Evaluation]
[Roughness performance] (LWR (line width noise) performance)
A length-measuring scanning electron microscope (SEM Co., Ltd.) was used for a 20 nm (1: 1) line-and-space pattern resolved at the optimum exposure amount when resolving a line pattern with an average line width of 24 nm. When observing from the upper part of the pattern using Hitachi, Ltd. S-9380II)), the line width was observed at 50 points, and the measurement variation was evaluated by 3σ and used as LWR (nm). The smaller the value, the better the performance. The smaller the value, the better the performance.
 上述したのと同様に、倒れ前線幅、ブリッジ前線幅、及び解像性のマージンの評価を行った。 Similar to the above, the fall front width, bridge front width, and resolution margin were evaluated.
 評価結果を下記表5に示す。 The evaluation results are shown in Table 5 below.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000077
 上記表5に示すように本発明のレジスト組成物は、アルカリ現像でパターンを形成した場合に、倒れ前線幅を低減でき、ブリッジ前線幅を増大でき、解像性のマージンに優れ、更にラフネス性能に優れることが確認された。一方で、比較例のレジスト組成物では、これら性能が不十分であった。 As shown in Table 5 above, the resist composition of the present invention can reduce the collapse front width, increase the bridge front width, have an excellent resolution margin, and further provide roughness performance when a pattern is formed by alkaline development. It was confirmed that it was excellent. On the other hand, the resist compositions of Comparative Examples had insufficient performance.
 本発明によれば、倒れ前線幅を低減でき、ブリッジ前線幅を増大でき、解像性のマージンに優れ、更にラフネス性能に優れるパターンを形成できる感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を提供することができる。
 また、本発明によれば、上記感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物に関する、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂膜、パターン形成方法、及び、電子デバイスの製造方法を提供することができる。
According to the present invention, there is provided a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition capable of reducing the collapse front width, increasing the bridge front width, excellent resolution margin, and forming a pattern excellent in roughness performance. can do.
Further, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin film, a pattern forming method, and a method for manufacturing an electronic device with respect to the above-mentioned sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition. ..
 本発明を詳細にまた特定の実施態様を参照して説明したが、本発明の精神と範囲を逸脱することなく様々な変更や修正を加えることができることは当業者にとって明らかである。
 本出願は、2019年9月30日出願の日本特許出願(特願2019-179963)に基づくものであり、その内容はここに参照として取り込まれる。
 
Although the present invention has been described in detail and with reference to specific embodiments, it will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various changes and modifications can be made without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention.
This application is based on a Japanese patent application filed on September 30, 2019 (Japanese Patent Application No. 2019-179963), the contents of which are incorporated herein by reference.

Claims (13)

  1. (A)下記一般式(1a)で表される部分構造及び下記一般式(1b)で表される部分構造の少なくとも1つと芳香族基とを有する繰り返し単位(a1)を含む樹脂と、
    (B)活性光線又は放射線の照射により酸を発生する化合物、
    とを含有する感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物であって、
     前記樹脂(A)が、エポキシ基及び/又はオキセタニル基を有する繰り返し単位を有さない、感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

     前記一般式(1a)中、
     R及びRは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。RとRは、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     *は、結合位置を表す。
     前記一般式(1b)中、
     Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     Rは、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     *は、結合位置を表す。
    (A) A resin containing a partial structure represented by the following general formula (1a) and a repeating unit (a1) having at least one of the partial structures represented by the following general formula (1b) and an aromatic group.
    (B) Compounds that generate acid by irradiation with active light or radiation,
    A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition containing
    A light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition in which the resin (A) does not have a repeating unit having an epoxy group and / or an oxetanyl group.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    In the general formula (1a),
    R 1 and R 2 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 1 and R 2 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    * Represents the bond position.
    In the general formula (1b),
    R 3 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    R 4 independently represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    * Represents the bond position.
  2.  前記繰り返し単位(a1)が、下記一般式(2a)又は一般式(2b)で表される、請求項1に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

     前記一般式(2a)中、
     Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は有機基を表す。
     Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
     Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
     R21及びR22は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。R21とR22は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     nは、1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR21は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR22は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
     X、Y、Z、R21及びR22の少なくとも一つは芳香族基を含む。
     前記一般式(2b)中、
     Xは、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、又は有機基を表す。
     Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
     Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
     R23は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     R24は、水素原子又は有機基を表す。
     nは、1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR23は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR24は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
     X、Y、Z、R23及びR24の少なくとも一つは芳香族基を含む。
    The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 1, wherein the repeating unit (a1) is represented by the following general formula (2a) or general formula (2b).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    In the general formula (2a),
    X 1 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
    Y 1 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    Z 1 represents a single bond or (n 1 + 1) valent linking group.
    R 21 and R 22 independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 21 and R 22 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    n 1 represents an integer of 1 or more. When n 1 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 21s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 22s may be the same or different.
    At least one of X 1 , Y 1 , Z 1 , R 21 and R 22 contains an aromatic group.
    In the general formula (2b),
    X 2 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, or an organic group.
    Y 2 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    Z 2 represents a single bond or (n 2 + 1) valent linking group.
    R 23 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    R 24 represents a hydrogen atom or an organic group.
    n 2 represents an integer of 1 or more. When n 2 represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 23s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 24s may be the same or different.
    At least one of X 2 , Y 2 , Z 2 , R 23 and R 24 contains an aromatic group.
  3.  前記一般式(2a)又は一般式(2b)で表される繰り返し単位が、下記一般式(3)で表される繰り返し単位である、請求項2に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

     前記一般式(3)中、
     Xは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、シアノ基を表す。
     Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
     Arは芳香族基を表す。
     Zは、単結合又は(n+1)価の連結基を表す。
     R31及びR32は、それぞれ独立に、水素原子又は有機基を表す。R31とR32は、互いに結合して環を形成してもよい。
     nは1以上の整数を表す。nが2以上の整数を表す場合、複数のR31は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよく、複数のR32は同一であってもよく異なっていてもよい。
    The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin according to claim 2, wherein the repeating unit represented by the general formula (2a) or the general formula (2b) is a repeating unit represented by the following general formula (3). Composition.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    In the general formula (3),
    X 3 represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
    Y 3 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    Ar represents an aromatic group.
    Z 3 represents a single bond or (n + 1) valent linking group.
    R 31 and R 32 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an organic group. R 31 and R 32 may be combined with each other to form a ring.
    n represents an integer of 1 or more. When n represents an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of R 31s may be the same or different, and the plurality of R 32s may be the same or different.
  4.  樹脂(A)中の前記繰り返し単位(a1)の含有量が、樹脂(A)の全繰り返し単位に対して10モル%以上である請求項1~3のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The sensitive light beam according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the content of the repeating unit (a1) in the resin (A) is 10 mol% or more with respect to all the repeating units of the resin (A). Sexual or radiation sensitive resin composition.
  5.  前記繰り返し単位(a1)、及び前記繰り返し単位(a1)以外の繰り返し単位の少なくとも1つが、酸分解性基を有する、請求項1~4のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive radiation according to any one of claims 1 to 4, wherein the repeating unit (a1) and at least one of the repeating units other than the repeating unit (a1) have an acid-degradable group. Sex resin composition.
  6.  前記一般式(3)中のYが、単結合、-COO-、又は-CONR-を表し、Rは水素原子又はアルキル基を表す、請求項3~5のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The invention according to any one of claims 3 to 5, wherein Y 3 in the general formula (3) represents a single bond, -COO-, or -CONR 6- , and R 6 represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. Sensitive light or radiation sensitive resin composition.
  7.  前記一般式(3)中のR31及びR32が、それぞれ独立に、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基、を表す、請求項3~6のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 R 31 and R 32 in the general formula (3) independently form a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group. The sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 3 to 6.
  8.  前記一般式(3)が下記一般式(4)で表される、請求項3~7のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

     一般式(4)中、
     Xは水素原子、ハロゲン原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、又は、シアノ基を表す。
     Yは、単結合又は二価の連結基を表す。
     R41は、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アリール基、アルキルカルボニル基、アリールカルボニル基、アルキルスルホニル基、又はアリールスルホニル基を表す。
    The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 3 to 7, wherein the general formula (3) is represented by the following general formula (4).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    In general formula (4),
    X 4 is a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, or a cyano group.
    Y 4 represents a single bond or a divalent linking group.
    R 41 represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an aryl group, an alkylcarbonyl group, an arylcarbonyl group, an alkylsulfonyl group, or an arylsulfonyl group.
  9.  前記一般式(4)中のR41が、アルキルカルボニル基又はアリールカルボニル基を表す、請求項8に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to claim 8, wherein R 41 in the general formula (4) represents an alkylcarbonyl group or an arylcarbonyl group.
  10.  前記組成物がレジスト組成物である、請求項1~9のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物。 The actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the composition is a resist composition.
  11.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて形成された感活性光線性又は感放射線性膜。 A sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film formed by using the sensitive light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
  12.  請求項1~10のいずれか1項に記載の感活性光線性又は感放射線性樹脂組成物を用いて、基板上にレジスト膜を形成する工程と、
     前記レジスト膜を露光する工程と、
     現像液を用いて、前記露光されたレジスト膜を現像し、パターンを形成する工程と、を有するパターン形成方法。
    A step of forming a resist film on a substrate using the actinic or radiation-sensitive resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10.
    The step of exposing the resist film and
    A pattern forming method comprising a step of developing the exposed resist film using a developing solution to form a pattern.
  13.  請求項12に記載のパターン形成方法を含む、電子デバイスの製造方法。
     
    A method for manufacturing an electronic device, including the pattern forming method according to claim 12.
PCT/JP2020/035312 2019-09-30 2020-09-17 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device WO2021065549A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021550612A JPWO2021065549A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2020-09-17

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019-179963 2019-09-30
JP2019179963 2019-09-30

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2021065549A1 true WO2021065549A1 (en) 2021-04-08

Family

ID=75338062

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2020/035312 WO2021065549A1 (en) 2019-09-30 2020-09-17 Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device

Country Status (3)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2021065549A1 (en)
TW (1) TW202115133A (en)
WO (1) WO2021065549A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000147774A (en) * 1998-11-13 2000-05-26 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive resist liquid
JP2003241382A (en) * 2002-02-22 2003-08-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive resist composition
JP2012073508A (en) * 2010-09-29 2012-04-12 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and pattern formation method
JP2014122949A (en) * 2012-12-20 2014-07-03 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Resist material and patterning process using the same

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2000147774A (en) * 1998-11-13 2000-05-26 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive resist liquid
JP2003241382A (en) * 2002-02-22 2003-08-27 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Positive resist composition
JP2012073508A (en) * 2010-09-29 2012-04-12 Fujifilm Corp Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, and pattern formation method
JP2014122949A (en) * 2012-12-20 2014-07-03 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Resist material and patterning process using the same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TW202115133A (en) 2021-04-16
JPWO2021065549A1 (en) 2021-04-08

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7101773B2 (en) Sensitive light or radiation sensitive resin composition, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
JP2022001960A (en) Photosensitive composition for euv light, pattern forming method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP6992166B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP2023145543A (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, and electronic device manufacturing method
JPWO2020066824A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
JP7053789B2 (en) Sensitive ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method, resin
WO2020158337A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2019123895A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
WO2021199841A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, and electronic device production method
JP7016873B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2020158366A1 (en) Active-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, and method for manufacturing electronic device
JP7379536B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
JP7220229B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, electronic device manufacturing method
WO2020241099A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP6861284B2 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2022158338A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, method for producing electronic device, compound, and resin
JP7191981B2 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, and electronic device manufacturing method
WO2022024856A1 (en) Active-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, method for manufacturing electronic device, and compound
WO2021172111A1 (en) Pattern formation method, method for producing electronic device, and actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition
WO2020129683A1 (en) Actinic-ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JPWO2020049939A1 (en) Actinic light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
WO2019187783A1 (en) Actinic-light-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern formation method, method of manufacturing electronic device
WO2021065549A1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive film, method for forming pattern, and method for producing electronic device
JP7039715B2 (en) Actinic cheilitis or radiation-sensitive resin composition, resist film, pattern forming method, manufacturing method of electronic device
KR102661154B1 (en) Actinic ray-sensitive or radiation-sensitive resin composition, pattern formation method, resist film, manufacturing method of electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 20871052

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2021550612

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 20871052

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1